diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'libtdeedu')
48 files changed, 10738 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/libtdeedu/AUTHORS b/libtdeedu/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac809ea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +Developers: +* Scott Wheeler <wheeler@kde.org> + Original author and current maintainer diff --git a/libtdeedu/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5eeda1f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +SUBDIRS = tdeeducore tdeeduui tdeeduplot extdate + +messages: + $(XGETTEXT) `find . -name \*.h -o -name \*.cpp -o -name \*.cc` -o $(podir)/libtdeedu.pot + +include ../admin/Doxyfile.am diff --git a/libtdeedu/README b/libtdeedu/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34f0fbed --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/README @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Contents of libtdeedu as of Jul 2005, and brief description of each module: + +extdate: +Contains a reimplementation of QDate named ExtDate which eliminates the +limitation on the year (1752-8000) imposed by QDate. Also contains +related reimplemented classes such as ExtDateTime, ExtDatePicker, +ExtDateTimeEdit, and ExtCalendarSystem. +Currently used by: kstars. + +tdeeducore: +Contains classes KEduVocData and KEduVocDataItem, for storing and parsing +vocabulary data in a QDom object. +Currently used by: khangman, klatin + +tdeeduplot: +Constains classes KPlotObject and KPlotWidget for easy plotting of +data points, including automatic generation of labeled axes with +"smart" tickmarks. +Currently used by: kalzium, kstars, ktouch + +tdeeduui: +Contains: +- KEduSimpleEntryDlg, a simple dialog for entering vocabulary data +- Glossary, GlossaryItem and GLossaryDialog, which can be useful to embed a + small glossary in an application +Currently used by: kalzium, kstars + +ideas: stub directory, contains generic README and TODO files. + diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/extdate/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f02c4924 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +check_PROGRAMS = test_extdate test_extdatepicker + +INCLUDES= $(all_includes) + +lib_LTLIBRARIES = libextdate.la + +libextdate_la_SOURCES = extdatetime.cpp extcalendarsystem.cpp extcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp extdatetbl.cpp extdatepicker.cpp extdatetimeedit.cpp extdatewidget.cpp + +libextdate_la_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) -no-undefined -version-info 3:0:2 +libextdate_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_TDEUI) + +test_extdate_SOURCES = test_extdate.cc +test_extdate_LDADD = libextdate.la +test_extdate_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) $(KDE_RPATH) $(LIB_QT) -lDCOP $(LIB_TDECORE) $(LIB_TDEUI) -ltdefx $(LIB_KIO) -lktexteditor + +test_extdatepicker_SOURCES = testwidget.cpp main.cpp +test_extdatepicker_LDADD = libextdate.la +test_extdatepicker_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) $(KDE_RPATH) $(LIB_QT) -lDCOP $(LIB_TDECORE) $(LIB_TDEUI) -ltdefx $(LIB_KIO) -lktexteditor + +METASOURCES = AUTO + diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/README b/libtdeedu/extdate/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc9b21b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/README @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +This libray consists of a group of classes which allow KDE +applications to access calendar dates outside of the limited range +of years imposed by QDate. + +The QDate class has a limited range of valid dates. It does not +recognize dates prior to 14 Oct 1752 (when the Gregorian calendar +was adopted by England), nor dates after 31 Dec 8000. Both of these +limits are arbitrary. + + +The following classes are included: + +ExtDate: Replaces QDate. There is no restriction on what dates +may be entered. For dates in the valid QDate range, it is +completely equivalent to QDate. + +ExtDateTime: Replaces QDateTime. Consists of a QTime object +and an ExtDate object. + +ExtCalendarSystem: Replaces KCalendarSystem. Uses ExtDate instead +of QDate. ExtCalendarSystem is a baseclass foundation for several +different calendar systems. A "calendar system" is just a method for +hierarchically subdividing the long count of days known as the Julian +Day Calendar into groups (weeks, months, years). + +ExtCalendarSystemGregorian: Replaces KCalendarSystemGregorian. +The most common calendar system in modern western societies is the +Gregorian calendar. This class implements the Gregorian calendar +as a ExtCalendarSystem. + +ExtDateTable: Replaces KDateTable. +ExtDatePicker: Replaces KDatePicker. +ExtDateTimeEdit: Replaces QDateTimeEdit. +ExtDateWidget: Replaces KDateWidget. + +There are two test programs with the library, to verify the +functionality of the ExtDate classes: + +test_extdate tests the non-GUI functionality, comparing results of +several operations with the results from QDate. + +test_extdatepicker presents a KDatePicker widget and an ExtDatePicker +widget side-by-side. diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58960986 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +/* + Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es> + Copyright (c) 2002 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org> + Copyright (c) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> + + This class has been derived from ExtCalendarSystem; + the changesd made just replace TQDate objects with ExtDate objects. + These changes by Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +// Gregorian calendar system implementation factory for creation of kde calendar +// systems. +// Also default gregorian and factory classes + +#include <kglobal.h> + +#include "extcalendarsystem.h" +#include "klocale.h" + +class ExtCalendarSystemPrivate +{ +public: + const KLocale * locale; +}; + +ExtCalendarSystem::ExtCalendarSystem(const KLocale * locale) + : d(new ExtCalendarSystemPrivate) +{ + d->locale = locale; +} + +ExtCalendarSystem::~ExtCalendarSystem() +{ + delete d; +} + +const KLocale * ExtCalendarSystem::locale() const +{ + if ( d->locale ) + return d->locale; + + return KGlobal::locale(); +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystem::dayString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const +{ + TQString sResult; + + sResult.setNum(day(pDate)); + if (!bShort && sResult.length() == 1 ) + sResult.prepend('0'); + + return sResult; +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystem::monthString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const +{ + TQString sResult; + + sResult.setNum(month(pDate)); + if (!bShort && sResult.length() == 1 ) + sResult.prepend('0'); + + return sResult; +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystem::yearString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const +{ + TQString sResult; + + sResult.setNum(year(pDate)); + if (bShort && sResult.length() == 4 ) + sResult = sResult.right(2); + + return sResult; +} + +static int stringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) +{ + unsigned int iPos = 0; + + int result = 0; + for (; sNum.length() > iPos && sNum.at(iPos).isDigit(); iPos++) + { + result *= 10; + result += sNum.at(iPos).digitValue(); + } + + iLength = iPos; + return result; +} + + +int ExtCalendarSystem::dayStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const +{ + return stringToInteger(sNum, iLength); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystem::monthStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const +{ + return stringToInteger(sNum, iLength); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystem::yearStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const +{ + return stringToInteger(sNum, iLength); +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystem::weekDayName (int weekDay, bool shortName) const +{ + if ( shortName ) + switch ( weekDay ) + { + case 1: return locale()->translate("Monday", "Mon"); + case 2: return locale()->translate("Tuesday", "Tue"); + case 3: return locale()->translate("Wednesday", "Wed"); + case 4: return locale()->translate("Thursday", "Thu"); + case 5: return locale()->translate("Friday", "Fri"); + case 6: return locale()->translate("Saturday", "Sat"); + case 7: return locale()->translate("Sunday", "Sun"); + } + else + switch ( weekDay ) + { + case 1: return locale()->translate("Monday"); + case 2: return locale()->translate("Tuesday"); + case 3: return locale()->translate("Wednesday"); + case 4: return locale()->translate("Thursday"); + case 5: return locale()->translate("Friday"); + case 6: return locale()->translate("Saturday"); + case 7: return locale()->translate("Sunday"); + } + + return TQString(); +} + diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4607fc1d --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.h @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/* + Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es> + Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org> + Copyright (c) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> + + This class has been derived from KCalendarSystem; + the changesd made just replace TQDate objects with ExtDate objects. + These changes by Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef EXTCALENDARSYSTEM_H +#define EXTCALENDARSYSTEM_H + +#include "extdatetime.h" + +class KLocale; + +class ExtCalendarSystemPrivate; + +/** + * CalendarSystem abstract class, default derived kde gregorian class and + * factory class. Provides support for different calendar types for kde + * calendar widget and related stuff. + * + * Derived classes must be created through ExtCalendarFactory class + * + * @author Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es> + * @version $Id$ + * @since 3.2 + */ +class ExtCalendarSystem +{ +public: + /** + * Constructor of abstract calendar class. This will be called by the derived classes. + * + * @param locale It will use this locale for translations, 0 means global. + */ + ExtCalendarSystem(const KLocale * locale = 0); + + /** + * Descructor. + */ + virtual ~ExtCalendarSystem(); + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type year for a given gregorian date + * + * @param date gregorian date + * @return year + */ + virtual int year (const ExtDate & date) const = 0; + + /** + * Converts a date into a year literal + * + * @param pDate The date to convert + * @param bShort If the short version of should be used + * @return The year literal of the date + */ + virtual TQString yearString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const; + + /** + * Converts a year literal of a part of a string into a integer starting at the beginning of the string + * + * @param sNum The string to parse + * @param iLength The number of TQChars used, and 0 if no valid symbols was found in the string + * @return An integer corresponding to the year + */ + virtual int yearStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type month for a given gregorian date + * + * @param date gregorian date + * @return month number + */ + virtual int month (const ExtDate & date) const = 0; + + /** + * Converts a date into a month literal + * + * @param pDate The date to convert + * @param bShort If the short version of should be used + * @return The month literal of the date + */ + virtual TQString monthString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const; + + /** + * Converts a month literal of a part of a string into a integer starting at the beginning of the string + * + * @param sNum The string to parse + * @param iLength The number of TQChars used, and 0 if no valid symbols was found in the string + * @return An integer corresponding to the month + */ + virtual int monthStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type day number of month for a given date + * + * @param date gregorian date equivalent to the specific one + * @return day of the month + */ + virtual int day (const ExtDate & date) const = 0; + + /** + * Converts a date into a day literal + * + * @param pDate The date to convert + * @param bShort If the short version of should be used + * @return The day literal of the date + */ + virtual TQString dayString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const; + + /** + * Converts a day literal of a part of a string into a integer starting at the beginning of the string + * + * @param sNum The string to parse + * @param iLength The number of TQChars used, and 0 if no valid symbols was found in the string + * @return An integer corresponding to the day + */ + virtual int dayStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type number of day of week number for a given + * date + * + * @param date gregorian date + * @return day of week + */ + virtual int dayOfWeek (const ExtDate & date) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type day number of year for a given date + * + * @param date gregorian date equivalent to the specific one + * @return day number + */ + virtual int dayOfYear (const ExtDate & date) const = 0; + + /** + * Changes the date's year, month and day. The range of the year, month + * and day depends on which calendar is being used. + * + * @param date Date to change + * @param y Year + * @param m Month number + * @param d Day of month + * @return true if the date is valid; otherwise returns false. + */ + virtual bool setYMD(ExtDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const = 0; + + /** + * Returns a TQDate object containing a date nyears later. + * + * @param date The old date + * @param nyears The number of years to add + * @return The new date + */ + virtual ExtDate addYears(const ExtDate & date, int nyears) const = 0; + + /** + * Returns a TQDate object containing a date nmonths later. + * + * @param date The old date + * @param nmonths The number of months to add + * @return The new date + */ + virtual ExtDate addMonths(const ExtDate & date, int nmonths) const = 0; + + /** + * Returns a TQDate object containing a date ndays later. + * + * @param date The old date + * @param ndays The number of days to add + * @return The new date + */ + virtual ExtDate addDays(const ExtDate & date, int ndays) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type number of month for a given year + * + * @param date The date whose year to use + * @return The number of months in that year + */ + virtual int monthsInYear (const ExtDate & date) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets the number of days in date whose years specified. + * + * @param date Gregorian date equivalent to the specific one + * @return The number of days in year + */ + virtual int daysInYear (const ExtDate & date) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type number of days in month for a given date + * + * @param date gregorian date + * @return number of days for month in date + */ + virtual int daysInMonth (const ExtDate & date) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets the number of weeks in a specified year + * + * @param year the year + * @return number of weeks in year + */ + virtual int weeksInYear(int year) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type week number for a given date + * + * @param date gregorian date + * @param yearNum The year the date belongs to + * @return week number + */ + virtual int weekNumber(const ExtDate& date, int * yearNum = 0) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type month name for a given month number + * If an invalid month is specified, TQString() is returned. + * + * @param month The month number + * @param year The year the month belongs to + * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used + * @return The name of the month + */ + virtual TQString monthName (int month, int year, bool shortName = false) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type month name for a given gregorian date + * + * @param date Gregorian date + * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used + * @return The name of the month + */ + virtual TQString monthName (const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const = 0; + + /** + * Returns a string containing the possessive form of the month name. + * ("of January", "of February", etc.) + * It's needed in long format dates in some languages. + * If an invalid month is specified, TQString() is returned. + * + * @param month The month number + * @param year The year the month belongs to + * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used + * + * @return The possessive form of the name of the month + */ + virtual TQString monthNamePossessive(int month, int year, bool shortName = false) const = 0; + + /** + * Returns a string containing the possessive form of the month name. + * ("of January", "of February", etc.) + * It's needed in long format dates in some languages. + * + * @param date Gregorian date + * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used + * + * @return The possessive form of the name of the month + */ + virtual TQString monthNamePossessive(const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type week day name + * If an invalid week day is specified, TQString() is returned. + * + * @param weekDay number of day in week (1 -> Monday) + * @param shortName short or complete day name + * @return day name + */ + virtual TQString weekDayName (int weekDay, bool shortName = false) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets specific calendar type week day name + * + * @param date the date + * @param shortName short or complete day name + * @return day name + */ + virtual TQString weekDayName (const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false) const = 0; + + /** + * Gets the first year value supported by specific calendar type + * algorithms. + * + * @return first year supported + */ + virtual int minValidYear () const = 0; + + /** + * Gets the maximum year value supported by specific calendar type + * algorithms (TQDate, 8000) + * + * @return maximum year supported + */ + virtual int maxValidYear () const = 0; + + /** + * Gets the day of the week traditionaly associated with pray + * + * @return day number + */ + virtual int weekDayOfPray () const = 0; + + /** + * Gets the string representing the calendar + */ + virtual TQString calendarName() const = 0; + + /** + * Gets if the calendar is lunar based + * + * @return if the calendar is lunar based + */ + virtual bool isLunar() const = 0; + + /** + * Gets if the calendar is lunisolar based + * + * @return if the calendar is lunisolar based + */ + virtual bool isLunisolar() const = 0; + + /** + * Gets if the calendar is solar based + * + * @return if the calendar is solar based + */ + virtual bool isSolar() const = 0; + +protected: + const KLocale * locale() const; + +private: + ExtCalendarSystemPrivate * d; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b167ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,328 @@ +/* + Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es> + Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org> + Copyright (c) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> + + This class has been derived from KCalendarSystemGregorian; + the changesd made just replace TQDate objects with ExtDate objects. + These changes by Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +// Derived gregorian kde calendar class +// Just a schema. + + +#include <klocale.h> +#include <kdebug.h> + +#include "extcalendarsystemgregorian.h" + +ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(const KLocale * locale) + : ExtCalendarSystem(locale) +{ +} + +ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::~ExtCalendarSystemGregorian() +{ +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::year(const ExtDate& date) const +{ + return date.year(); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthsInYear( const ExtDate & date ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( date ) + + return 12; +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weeksInYear(int year) const +{ + ExtDate temp; + temp.setYMD(year, 12, 31); + + // If the last day of the year is in the first week, we have to check the + // week before + if ( temp.weekNumber() == 1 ) + temp = temp.addDays(-7); + + return temp.weekNumber(); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weekNumber(const ExtDate& date, + int * yearNum) const +{ + return date.weekNumber(yearNum); +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthName(const ExtDate& date, + bool shortName) const +{ + return monthName(month(date), year(date), shortName); +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthNamePossessive(const ExtDate& date, bool shortName) const +{ + return monthNamePossessive(month(date), year(date), shortName); +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthName(int month, int year, bool shortName) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(year); + + if ( shortName ) + switch ( month ) + { + case 1: + return locale()->translate("January", "Jan"); + case 2: + return locale()->translate("February", "Feb"); + case 3: + return locale()->translate("March", "Mar"); + case 4: + return locale()->translate("April", "Apr"); + case 5: + return locale()->translate("May short", "May"); + case 6: + return locale()->translate("June", "Jun"); + case 7: + return locale()->translate("July", "Jul"); + case 8: + return locale()->translate("August", "Aug"); + case 9: + return locale()->translate("September", "Sep"); + case 10: + return locale()->translate("October", "Oct"); + case 11: + return locale()->translate("November", "Nov"); + case 12: + return locale()->translate("December", "Dec"); + } + else + switch ( month ) + { + case 1: + return locale()->translate("January"); + case 2: + return locale()->translate("February"); + case 3: + return locale()->translate("March"); + case 4: + return locale()->translate("April"); + case 5: + return locale()->translate("May long", "May"); + case 6: + return locale()->translate("June"); + case 7: + return locale()->translate("July"); + case 8: + return locale()->translate("August"); + case 9: + return locale()->translate("September"); + case 10: + return locale()->translate("October"); + case 11: + return locale()->translate("November"); + case 12: + return locale()->translate("December"); + } + + return TQString(); +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthNamePossessive(int month, int year, + bool shortName) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(year); + + if ( shortName ) + switch ( month ) + { + case 1: + return locale()->translate("of January", "of Jan"); + case 2: + return locale()->translate("of February", "of Feb"); + case 3: + return locale()->translate("of March", "of Mar"); + case 4: + return locale()->translate("of April", "of Apr"); + case 5: + return locale()->translate("of May short", "of May"); + case 6: + return locale()->translate("of June", "of Jun"); + case 7: + return locale()->translate("of July", "of Jul"); + case 8: + return locale()->translate("of August", "of Aug"); + case 9: + return locale()->translate("of September", "of Sep"); + case 10: + return locale()->translate("of October", "of Oct"); + case 11: + return locale()->translate("of November", "of Nov"); + case 12: + return locale()->translate("of December", "of Dec"); + } + else + switch ( month ) + { + case 1: + return locale()->translate("of January"); + case 2: + return locale()->translate("of February"); + case 3: + return locale()->translate("of March"); + case 4: + return locale()->translate("of April"); + case 5: + return locale()->translate("of May long", "of May"); + case 6: + return locale()->translate("of June"); + case 7: + return locale()->translate("of July"); + case 8: + return locale()->translate("of August"); + case 9: + return locale()->translate("of September"); + case 10: + return locale()->translate("of October"); + case 11: + return locale()->translate("of November"); + case 12: + return locale()->translate("of December"); + } + + return TQString(); +} + +bool ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::setYMD(ExtDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const +{ + // ExtDate supports gregorian internally + return date.setYMD(y, m, d); +} + +ExtDate ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::addYears(const ExtDate & date, int nyears) const +{ + return date.addYears(nyears); +} + +ExtDate ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::addMonths(const ExtDate & date, int nmonths) const +{ + return date.addMonths(nmonths); +} + +ExtDate ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::addDays(const ExtDate & date, int ndays) const +{ + return date.addDays(ndays); +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayName(int col, bool shortName) const +{ + // ### Should this really be different to each calendar system? Or are we + // only going to support weeks with 7 days? + + return ExtCalendarSystem::weekDayName(col, shortName); +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayName(const ExtDate& date, bool shortName) const +{ + return weekDayName(dayOfWeek(date), shortName); +} + + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::dayOfWeek(const ExtDate& date) const +{ + return date.dayOfWeek(); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::dayOfYear(const ExtDate & date) const +{ + return date.dayOfYear(); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::daysInMonth(const ExtDate& date) const +{ + return date.daysInMonth(); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::minValidYear() const +{ + return -50000; +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::maxValidYear() const +{ + return 50000; +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::day(const ExtDate& date) const +{ + return date.day(); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::month(const ExtDate& date) const +{ + return date.month(); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::daysInYear(const ExtDate& date) const +{ + return date.daysInYear(); +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayOfPray() const +{ + return 7; // sunday +} + +TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::calendarName() const +{ + return TQString::tqfromLatin1("gregorian"); +} + +bool ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::isLunar() const +{ + return false; +} + +bool ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::isLunisolar() const +{ + return false; +} + +bool ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::isSolar() const +{ + return true; +} + +int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::yearStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const +{ + int iYear; + iYear = ExtCalendarSystem::yearStringToInteger(sNum, iLength); + + // TQt treats a year in the range 0-100 as 1900-1999. + // It is nicer for the user if we treat 0-68 as 2000-2068 + if (iYear < 69) + iYear += 2000; + else if (iYear < 100) + iYear += 1900; + + return iYear; +} diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d1035c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es> + Copyright (c) 2002 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org> + Copyright (c) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> + + This class has been derived from KCalendarSystemGregorian; + the changesd made just replace TQDate objects with ExtDate objects. + These changes by Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef EXTCALENDARSYSTEMGREGORIAN_H +#define EXTCALENDARSYSTEMGREGORIAN_H + + +#include "extcalendarsystem.h" + +class ExtCalendarSystemGregorianPrivate; + +/** + * @internal + * This is the Gregorian calendar implementation. + * + * The Gregorian calender is the most used calendar today. The first year in + * the calendar is set to the birth of Christ. + * + * @see KLocale,ExtCalendarSystem,ExtCalendarSystemFactory + * + * @author Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es> + * @license GNU-GPL v.2 + * @version $Id$ + * @since 3.2 + */ +class ExtCalendarSystemGregorian: public ExtCalendarSystem +{ +public: + ExtCalendarSystemGregorian (const KLocale * locale = 0); + virtual ~ExtCalendarSystemGregorian (); + + virtual int year (const ExtDate & date) const; + virtual int month (const ExtDate & date) const; + virtual int day (const ExtDate & date) const; + virtual int dayOfWeek (const ExtDate & date) const; + virtual int dayOfYear (const ExtDate & date) const; + + virtual bool setYMD(ExtDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const; + + virtual ExtDate addYears(const ExtDate & date, int nyears) const; + virtual ExtDate addMonths(const ExtDate & date, int nmonths) const; + virtual ExtDate addDays(const ExtDate & date, int ndays) const; + + virtual int monthsInYear (const ExtDate & date) const; + + virtual int daysInYear (const ExtDate & date) const; + virtual int daysInMonth (const ExtDate & date) const; + virtual int weeksInYear(int year) const; + virtual int weekNumber(const ExtDate& date, int * yearNum = 0) const; + + virtual int yearStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const; + + virtual TQString monthName (int month, int year, bool shortName = false) const; + virtual TQString monthName (const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const; + virtual TQString monthNamePossessive(int month, int year, bool shortName = false) const; + virtual TQString monthNamePossessive(const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const; + virtual TQString weekDayName (int weekDay, bool shortName = false) const; + virtual TQString weekDayName (const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false) const; + + virtual int minValidYear () const; + virtual int maxValidYear () const; + virtual int weekDayOfPray () const; + + virtual TQString calendarName() const; + + virtual bool isLunar() const; + virtual bool isLunisolar() const; + virtual bool isSolar() const; + +private: + ExtCalendarSystemGregorianPrivate * d; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b267d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,532 @@ +/* -*- C++ -*- + This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org) + (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org) + (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#include <tqlayout.h> +#include <tqstyle.h> +#include <tqtoolbutton.h> +#include <tqtooltip.h> +#include <tqpopupmenu.h> + +#include <kdialog.h> +#include <klocale.h> +#include <kiconloader.h> +#include <ktoolbar.h> +#include <kdebug.h> +#include <knotifyclient.h> + +#include "extdatepicker.h" +#include "extdatetbl.h" +#include "extdatepicker.moc" + +// Week numbers are defined by ISO 8601 +// See http://www.merlyn.demon.co.uk/weekinfo.htm for details + +class ExtDatePicker::ExtDatePickerPrivate +{ +public: + ExtDatePickerPrivate() : closeButton(0L), selectWeek(0L), todayButton(0), + navigationLayout(0), calendar(0) {} + + void fillWeeksCombo(const ExtDate &date); + + TQToolButton *closeButton; + TQComboBox *selectWeek; + TQToolButton *todayButton; + TQBoxLayout *navigationLayout; + ExtCalendarSystem *calendar; +}; + +void ExtDatePicker::fillWeeksCombo(const ExtDate &date) +{ + // every year can have a different number of weeks + +//must remain commented unless ExtDate stuff gets added to tdelibs +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + // it could be that we had 53,1..52 and now 1..53 which is the same number but different + // so always fill with new values + + d->selectWeek->clear(); + + // We show all week numbers for all weeks between first day of year to last day of year + // This of course can be a list like 53,1,2..52 + + ExtDate day(date.year(), 1, 1); + int lastMonth = d->calendar->monthsInYear(day); + ExtDate lastDay(date.year(), lastMonth, d->calendar->daysInMonth(ExtDate(date.year(), lastMonth, 1))); + + for (; day <= lastDay; day = d->calendar->addDays(day, 7 /*calendar->daysOfWeek()*/) ) + { + int year = 0; + TQString week = i18n("Week %1").tqarg(d->calendar->weekNumber(day, &year)); + if ( year != date.year() ) week += "*"; // show that this is a week from a different year + d->selectWeek->insertItem(week); + } +} + +ExtDatePicker::ExtDatePicker(TQWidget *parent, ExtDate dt, const char *name) + : TQFrame(parent,name) +{ + init( dt ); +} + +ExtDatePicker::ExtDatePicker(TQWidget *parent, ExtDate dt, const char *name, WFlags f) + : TQFrame(parent,name, f) +{ + init( dt ); +} + +ExtDatePicker::ExtDatePicker( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQFrame(parent,name) +{ + init( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate() ); +} + +void ExtDatePicker::init( const ExtDate &dt ) +{ + d = new ExtDatePickerPrivate(); + + d->calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(); + + TQBoxLayout * topLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this); + + d->navigationLayout = new TQHBoxLayout(topLayout); + d->navigationLayout->addStretch(); + yearBackward = new TQToolButton(this); + yearBackward->setAutoRaise(true); + d->navigationLayout->addWidget(yearBackward); + monthBackward = new TQToolButton(this); + monthBackward ->setAutoRaise(true); + d->navigationLayout->addWidget(monthBackward); + d->navigationLayout->addSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint()); + + selectMonth = new TQToolButton(this); + selectMonth ->setAutoRaise(true); + d->navigationLayout->addWidget(selectMonth); + selectYear = new TQToolButton(this); + selectYear->setToggleButton(true); + selectYear->setAutoRaise(true); + d->navigationLayout->addWidget(selectYear); + d->navigationLayout->addSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint()); + + monthForward = new TQToolButton(this); + monthForward ->setAutoRaise(true); + d->navigationLayout->addWidget(monthForward); + yearForward = new TQToolButton(this); + yearForward ->setAutoRaise(true); + d->navigationLayout->addWidget(yearForward); + d->navigationLayout->addStretch(); + + line = new KLineEdit(this); + val = new ExtDateValidator(this); + table = new ExtDateTable(this); + fontsize = KGlobalSettings::generalFont().pointSize(); + if (fontsize == -1) + fontsize = TQFontInfo(KGlobalSettings::generalFont()).pointSize(); + + fontsize++; // Make a little bigger + + d->selectWeek = new TQComboBox(false, this); // read only week selection + d->todayButton = new TQToolButton(this); + d->todayButton->setIconSet(SmallIconSet("today")); + + TQToolTip::add(yearForward, i18n("Next year")); + TQToolTip::add(yearBackward, i18n("Previous year")); + TQToolTip::add(monthForward, i18n("Next month")); + TQToolTip::add(monthBackward, i18n("Previous month")); + TQToolTip::add(d->selectWeek, i18n("Select a week")); + TQToolTip::add(selectMonth, i18n("Select a month")); + TQToolTip::add(selectYear, i18n("Select a year")); + TQToolTip::add(d->todayButton, i18n("Select the current day")); + + // ----- + setFontSize(fontsize); + line->setValidator(val); + line->installEventFilter( this ); + line->setReadOnly( true ); + + if ( TQApplication::reverseLayout() ) + { + yearForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("2leftarrow"))); + yearBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("2rightarrow"))); + monthForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1leftarrow"))); + monthBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1rightarrow"))); + } + else + { + yearForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("2rightarrow"))); + yearBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("2leftarrow"))); + monthForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1rightarrow"))); + monthBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1leftarrow"))); + } + connect(table, TQT_SIGNAL(dateChanged(const ExtDate&)), TQT_SLOT(dateChangedSlot(const ExtDate&))); + connect(table, TQT_SIGNAL(tableClicked()), TQT_SLOT(tableClickedSlot())); + connect(monthForward, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(monthForwardClicked())); + connect(monthBackward, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(monthBackwardClicked())); + connect(yearForward, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(yearForwardClicked())); + connect(yearBackward, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(yearBackwardClicked())); + connect(d->selectWeek, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(int)), TQT_SLOT(weekSelected(int))); + connect(d->todayButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(todayButtonClicked())); + connect(selectMonth, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(selectMonthClicked())); + connect(selectYear, TQT_SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), TQT_SLOT(selectYearClicked())); + connect(line, TQT_SIGNAL(returnPressed()), TQT_SLOT(lineEnterPressed())); + table->setFocus(); + + + topLayout->addWidget(table); + + TQBoxLayout * bottomLayout = new TQHBoxLayout(topLayout); + bottomLayout->addWidget(d->todayButton); + bottomLayout->addWidget(line); + bottomLayout->addWidget(d->selectWeek); + + table->setDate(dt); + dateChangedSlot(dt); // needed because table emits changed only when newDate != oldDate +} + +ExtDatePicker::~ExtDatePicker() +{ + delete d; +} + +bool +ExtDatePicker::eventFilter(TQObject *o, TQEvent *e ) +{ + if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) { + TQKeyEvent *k = (TQKeyEvent *)e; + + if ( (k->key() == TQt::Key_Prior) || + (k->key() == TQt::Key_Next) || + (k->key() == TQt::Key_Up) || + (k->key() == TQt::Key_Down) ) + { + TQApplication::sendEvent( table, e ); + table->setFocus(); + return true; // eat event + } + } + return TQFrame::eventFilter( o, e ); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent* e) +{ + TQWidget::resizeEvent(e); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::dateChangedSlot(const ExtDate &date) +{ + kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::dateChangedSlot: date changed (" << date.year() << "/" << date.month() << "/" << date.day() << ")." << endl; + + +//must remain commented unless ExtDate gets added to tdelibs +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + +// line->setText(KGlobal::locale()->formatDate(date, true)); + line->setText( date.toString( KGlobal::locale()->dateFormatShort() ) ); + selectMonth->setText(d->calendar->monthName(date, false)); + fillWeeksCombo(date); + + // calculate the item num in the week combo box; normalize selected day so as if 1.1. is the first day of the week + ExtDate firstDay(date.year(), 1, 1); + d->selectWeek->setCurrentItem((d->calendar->dayOfYear(date) + d->calendar->dayOfWeek(firstDay) - 2) / 7/*calendar->daysInWeek()*/); + + selectYear->setText(d->calendar->yearString(date, false)); + + emit(dateChanged(date)); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::tableClickedSlot() +{ + kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::tableClickedSlot: table clicked." << endl; + emit(dateSelected(table->getDate())); + emit(tableClicked()); +} + +const ExtDate& +ExtDatePicker::getDate() const +{ + return table->getDate(); +} + +const ExtDate & +ExtDatePicker::date() const +{ + return table->getDate(); +} + +bool +ExtDatePicker::setDate(const ExtDate& date) +{ + if(date.isValid()) + { + table->setDate(date); // this also emits dateChanged() which then calls our dateChangedSlot() + return true; + } + else + { + kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::setDate: refusing to set invalid date." << endl; + return false; + } +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::monthForwardClicked() +{ + ExtDate temp; +// temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addMonths( table->getDate(), 1 ); + temp = d->calendar->addMonths( table->getDate(), 1 ); + setDate( temp ); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::monthBackwardClicked() +{ + ExtDate temp; +// temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addMonths( table->getDate(), -1 ); + temp = d->calendar->addMonths( table->getDate(), -1 ); + setDate( temp ); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::yearForwardClicked() +{ + ExtDate temp; +// temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addYears( table->getDate(), 1 ); + temp = d->calendar->addYears( table->getDate(), 1 ); + setDate( temp ); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::yearBackwardClicked() +{ + ExtDate temp; +// temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addYears( table->getDate(), -1 ); + temp = d->calendar->addYears( table->getDate(), -1 ); + setDate( temp ); +} + +void ExtDatePicker::selectWeekClicked() {} // ### in 3.2 obsolete; kept for binary compatibility + +void +ExtDatePicker::weekSelected(int week) +{ +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + ExtDate date = table->getDate(); + int year = d->calendar->year(date); + + d->calendar->setYMD(date, year, 1, 1); // first day of selected year + + // calculate the first day in the selected week (day 1 is first day of week) + date = d->calendar->addDays(date, week * 7/*calendar->daysOfWeek()*/ -d->calendar->dayOfWeek(date) + 1); + + setDate(date); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::selectMonthClicked() +{ + // every year can have different month names (in some calendar systems) +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + ExtDate date = table->getDate(); + int i, month, months = d->calendar->monthsInYear(date); + + TQPopupMenu popup(selectMonth); + + for (i = 1; i <= months; i++) + popup.insertItem(d->calendar->monthName(i, d->calendar->year(date)), i); + + popup.setActiveItem(d->calendar->month(date) - 1); + + if ( (month = popup.exec(selectMonth->mapToGlobal(TQPoint(0, 0)), d->calendar->month(date) - 1)) == -1 ) return; // canceled + + int day = d->calendar->day(date); + // ----- construct a valid date in this month: + //date.setYMD(date.year(), month, 1); + //date.setYMD(date.year(), month, TQMIN(day, date.daysInMonth())); + d->calendar->setYMD(date, d->calendar->year(date), month, + TQMIN(day, d->calendar->daysInMonth(date))); + // ----- set this month + setDate(date); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::selectYearClicked() +{ +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + if (selectYear->state() == TQButton::Off) + { + return; + } + + int year; + KPopupFrame* popup = new KPopupFrame(this); + ExtDateInternalYearSelector* picker = new ExtDateInternalYearSelector(popup); + // ----- + picker->resize(picker->tqsizeHint()); + popup->setMainWidget(picker); + connect(picker, TQT_SIGNAL(closeMe(int)), popup, TQT_SLOT(close(int))); + picker->setFocus(); + if(popup->exec(selectYear->mapToGlobal(TQPoint(0, selectMonth->height())))) + { + ExtDate date; + int day; + // ----- + year=picker->getYear(); + date=table->getDate(); + day=d->calendar->day(date); + // ----- construct a valid date in this month: + //date.setYMD(year, date.month(), 1); + //date.setYMD(year, date.month(), TQMIN(day, date.daysInMonth())); + d->calendar->setYMD(date, year, d->calendar->month(date), + TQMIN(day, d->calendar->daysInMonth(date))); + // ----- set this month + setDate(date); + } else { + KNotifyClient::beep(); + } + delete popup; +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::setEnabled(bool enable) +{ + TQWidget *widgets[]= { + yearForward, yearBackward, monthForward, monthBackward, + selectMonth, selectYear, + line, table, d->selectWeek, d->todayButton }; + const int Size=sizeof(widgets)/sizeof(widgets[0]); + int count; + // ----- + for(count=0; count<Size; ++count) + { + widgets[count]->setEnabled(enable); + } +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::lineEnterPressed() +{ + ExtDate temp; + // ----- + if(val->date(line->text(), temp)==TQValidator::Acceptable) + { + kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::lineEnterPressed: valid date entered." << endl; + emit(dateEntered(temp)); + setDate(temp); + } else { + KNotifyClient::beep(); + kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::lineEnterPressed: invalid date entered." << endl; + } +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::todayButtonClicked() +{ + setDate(ExtDate::tqcurrentDate()); +} + +TQSize +ExtDatePicker::tqsizeHint() const +{ + return TQWidget::tqsizeHint(); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::setFontSize(int s) +{ + TQWidget *buttons[]= { + // yearBackward, + // monthBackward, + selectMonth, + selectYear, + // monthForward, + // yearForward + }; + const int NoOfButtons=sizeof(buttons)/sizeof(buttons[0]); + int count; + TQFont font; + TQRect r; + // ----- + fontsize=s; + for(count=0; count<NoOfButtons; ++count) + { + font=buttons[count]->font(); + font.setPointSize(s); + buttons[count]->setFont(font); + } + TQFontMetrics metrics(selectMonth->fontMetrics()); + + for (int i = 1; ; ++i) + { + TQString str = d->calendar->monthName(i, + d->calendar->year(table->getDate()), false); + if (str.isNull()) break; + r=metrics.boundingRect(str); + maxMonthRect.setWidth(TQMAX(r.width(), maxMonthRect.width())); + maxMonthRect.setHeight(TQMAX(r.height(), maxMonthRect.height())); + } + + TQSize metricBound = tqstyle().tqsizeFromContents(TQStyle::CT_ToolButton, + selectMonth, + maxMonthRect); + selectMonth->setMinimumSize(metricBound); + + table->setFontSize(s); +} + +void +ExtDatePicker::setCloseButton( bool enable ) +{ + if ( enable == (d->closeButton != 0L) ) + return; + + if ( enable ) { + d->closeButton = new TQToolButton( this ); + d->closeButton->setAutoRaise(true); + d->navigationLayout->addSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint()); + d->navigationLayout->addWidget(d->closeButton); + TQToolTip::add(d->closeButton, i18n("Close")); + d->closeButton->setPixmap( SmallIcon("remove") ); + connect( d->closeButton, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ), + tqtopLevelWidget(), TQT_SLOT( close() ) ); + } + else { + delete d->closeButton; + d->closeButton = 0L; + } + + updateGeometry(); +} + +bool ExtDatePicker::hasCloseButton() const +{ + return (d->closeButton != 0L); +} + +void ExtDatePicker::virtual_hook( int /*id*/, void* /*data*/ ) +{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ } + diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..794ccea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +/* -*- C++ -*- + This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org) + (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org) + (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ +#ifndef EXTDATEPICKER_H +#define EXTDATEPICKER_H + + +#include "extdatetime.h" + +class KLineEdit; +class TQToolButton; +class ExtDateValidator; +class ExtDateTable; + +/** + * Provides a widget for calendar date input. + * + * Different from the + * previous versions, it now emits two types of signals, either + * dateSelected() or dateEntered() (see documentation for both + * signals). + * + * A line edit has been added in the newer versions to allow the user + * to select a date directly by entering numbers like 19990101 + * or 990101. + * + * \image html kdatepicker.png "KDE Date Widget" + * + * @version $Id$ + * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm + * + * @short A date selection widget. + **/ +class KDE_EXPORT ExtDatePicker: public TQFrame +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +// TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate date READ date WRITE setDate) + TQ_PROPERTY( bool closeButton READ hasCloseButton WRITE setCloseButton ) + TQ_PROPERTY( int fontSize READ fontSize WRITE setFontSize ) + +public: + /** The usual constructor. The given date will be displayed + * initially. + **/ + ExtDatePicker(TQWidget *parent=0, + ExtDate=ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), + const char *name=0); + + /** The usual constructor. The given date will be displayed + * initially. + * @since 3.1 + **/ + ExtDatePicker(TQWidget *parent, + ExtDate, + const char *name, + WFlags f); // ### KDE 4.0: Merge + + /** + * Standard qt widget constructor. The initial date will be the + * current date. + * @since 3.1 + */ + ExtDatePicker( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ); + + /** + * The destructor. + **/ + virtual ~ExtDatePicker(); + + /** The size hint for date pickers. The size hint recommends the + * minimum size of the widget so that all elements may be placed + * without clipping. This sometimes looks ugly, so when using the + * size hint, try adding 28 to each of the reported numbers of + * pixels. + **/ + TQSize tqsizeHint() const; + + /** + * Sets the date. + * + * @returns @p false and does not change anything + * if the date given is invalid. + **/ + bool setDate(const ExtDate&); + + /** + * Returns the selected date. + * @deprecated + **/ + const ExtDate& getDate() const KDE_DEPRECATED; + + /** + * @returns the selected date. + */ + const ExtDate &date() const; + + /** + * Enables or disables the widget. + **/ + void setEnabled(bool); + + /** + * @returns the ExtDateTable widget child of this ExtDatePicker + * widget. + * @since 3.2 + */ + ExtDateTable *dateTable() const { return table; } + + /** + * Sets the font size of the widgets elements. + **/ + void setFontSize(int); + /** + * Returns the font size of the widget elements. + */ + int fontSize() const + { return fontsize; } + + /** + * By calling this method with @p enable = true, ExtDatePicker will show + * a little close-button in the upper button-row. Clicking the + * close-button will cause the ExtDatePicker's tqtopLevelWidget()'s close() + * method being called. This is mostly useful for toplevel datepickers + * without a window manager decoration. + * @see hasCloseButton + * @since 3.1 + */ + void setCloseButton( bool enable ); + + /** + * @returns true if a ExtDatePicker shows a close-button. + * @see setCloseButton + * @since 3.1 + */ + bool hasCloseButton() const; + +protected: + /// to catch move keyEvents when TQLineEdit has keyFocus + virtual bool eventFilter(TQObject *o, TQEvent *e ); + /// the resize event + virtual void resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*); + /// the year forward button + TQToolButton *yearForward; + /// the year backward button + TQToolButton *yearBackward; + /// the month forward button + TQToolButton *monthForward; + /// the month backward button + TQToolButton *monthBackward; + /// the button for selecting the month directly + TQToolButton *selectMonth; + /// the button for selecting the year directly + TQToolButton *selectYear; + /// the line edit to enter the date directly + KLineEdit *line; + /// the validator for the line edit: + ExtDateValidator *val; + /// the date table + ExtDateTable *table; + /// the size calculated during resize events + // TQSize sizehint; + /// the widest month string in pixels: + TQSize maxMonthRect; +protected slots: + void dateChangedSlot(const ExtDate&); + void tableClickedSlot(); + void monthForwardClicked(); + void monthBackwardClicked(); + void yearForwardClicked(); + void yearBackwardClicked(); + /** + * @since 3.1 + * @deprecated in 3.2 + */ + void selectWeekClicked(); + /** + * @since 3.1 + */ + void selectMonthClicked(); + /** + * @since 3.1 + */ + void selectYearClicked(); + /** + * @since 3.1 + */ + void lineEnterPressed(); + /** + * @since 3.2 + */ + void todayButtonClicked(); + /** + * @since 3.2 + */ + void weekSelected(int); + +signals: + /** This signal is emitted each time the selected date is changed. + * Usually, this does not mean that the date has been entered, + * since the date also changes, for example, when another month is + * selected. + * @see dateSelected + */ + void dateChanged(const ExtDate&); + /** This signal is emitted each time a day has been selected by + * clicking on the table (hitting a day in the current month). It + * has the same meaning as dateSelected() in older versions of + * ExtDatePicker. + */ + void dateSelected(const ExtDate&); + /** This signal is emitted when enter is pressed and a VALID date + * has been entered before into the line edit. Connect to both + * dateEntered() and dateSelected() to receive all events where the + * user really enters a date. + */ + void dateEntered(const ExtDate&); + /** This signal is emitted when the day has been selected by + * clicking on it in the table. + */ + void tableClicked(); + +private: + /// the font size for the widget + int fontsize; + +protected: + virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); +private: + void init( const ExtDate &dt ); + void fillWeeksCombo(const ExtDate &date); + class ExtDatePickerPrivate; + ExtDatePickerPrivate *d; +}; + +#endif // EXTDATEPICKER_H diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55458417 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,968 @@ +/* -*- C++ -*- + This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org) + (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org) + (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org) + + These classes has been derived from those in kdatetbl.[h|cpp]. + The only differences are adaptations to use ExtDate instead of TQDate, + to allow for more remote dates. These changes by Jason Harris. + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +/////////////////// ExtDateTable widget class ////////////////////// +// +// Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman +// (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm +// Written using TQt (http://www.troll.no) for the +// KDE project (http://www.kde.org) +// +// Modified to use ExtDate by Jason Harris, 2004 +// +// This is a support class for the ExtDatePicker class. It just +// draws the calender table without titles, but could theoretically +// be used as a standalone. +// +// When a date is selected by the user, it emits a signal: +// dateSelected(ExtDate) + +//#include "extdatepicker.h" +#include "extdatetbl.h" + +#include <kapplication.h> +#include <kdebug.h> +#include <knotifyclient.h> +#include "kpopupmenu.h" +#include <tqpainter.h> +#include <tqdict.h> +#include <assert.h> + + +class ExtDateTable::ExtDateTablePrivate +{ +public: + ExtDateTablePrivate() + { + popupMenuEnabled=false; + useCustomColors=false; + calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(); + + } + + ~ExtDateTablePrivate() + { + delete calendar; + } + + bool popupMenuEnabled; + bool useCustomColors; + + struct DatePaintingMode + { + TQColor fgColor; + TQColor bgColor; + BackgroundMode bgMode; + }; + TQDict <DatePaintingMode> customPaintingModes; + ExtCalendarSystem *calendar; +}; + + +ExtDateValidator::ExtDateValidator(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQValidator(TQT_TQOBJECT(parent), name) +{ +} + +TQValidator::State +ExtDateValidator::validate(TQString& text, int&) const +{ + ExtDate temp; + // ----- everything is tested in date(): + return date(text, temp); +} + +TQValidator::State +ExtDateValidator::date(const TQString& text, ExtDate& ed) const +{ + //FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is adopted by KDE + //ExtDate tmp = KGlobal::locale()->readDate(text); + ExtDate tmp = ExtDate::fromString( text ); + + if (!tmp.isNull()) + { + ed = tmp; + return Acceptable; + } else + return Valid; +} + +void +ExtDateValidator::fixup( TQString& ) const +{ + +} + +ExtDateTable::ExtDateTable(TQWidget *parent, ExtDate date_, const char* name, WFlags f) + : TQGridView(parent, name, f) +{ + d = new ExtDateTablePrivate; + setFontSize(10); + if(!date_.isValid()) + { + kdDebug() << "ExtDateTable ctor: WARNING: Given date is invalid, using current date." << endl; + date_=ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(); + } + setFocusPolicy( TQ_StrongFocus ); + setNumRows(7); // 6 weeks max + headline + setNumCols(7); // 7 days a week + setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff); + setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff); + viewport()->setEraseColor(KGlobalSettings::baseColor()); + setDate(date_); // this initializes firstday, numdays, numDaysPrevMonth +} + +ExtDateTable::~ExtDateTable() +{ + delete d; +} + +int ExtDateTable::posFromDate( const ExtDate &dt ) +{ +//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); +// const int firstWeekDay = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartDay(); + + const int firstWeekDay = 7; + + int pos = d->calendar->day( dt ); + int offset = (firstday - firstWeekDay + 7) % 7; + // make sure at least one day of the previous month is visible. + // adjust this <1 if more days should be forced visible: + if ( offset < 1 ) offset += 7; + return pos + offset; +} + +ExtDate ExtDateTable::dateFromPos( int pos ) +{ + ExtDate pCellDate; + +//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); +// int firstWeekDay = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartDay(); + const int firstWeekDay = 7; + + d->calendar->setYMD(pCellDate, d->calendar->year(date), d->calendar->month(date), 1); + + int offset = (firstday - firstWeekDay + 7) % 7; + // make sure at least one day of the previous month is visible. + // adjust this <1 if more days should be forced visible: + if ( offset < 1 ) offset += 7; + pCellDate = d->calendar->addDays( pCellDate, pos - offset ); + + return pCellDate; +} + +void +ExtDateTable::paintCell(TQPainter *painter, int row, int col) +{ +//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); +// int firstWeekDay = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartDay(); + const int firstWeekDay = 7; + + TQRect rect; + TQString text; + TQPen pen; + int w=cellWidth(); + int h=cellHeight(); + TQFont font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont(); + // ----- + + if(row==0) + { // we are drawing the headline + font.setBold(true); + painter->setFont(font); + bool normalday = true; + int daynum = ( col+firstWeekDay < 8 ) ? col+firstWeekDay : + col+firstWeekDay-7; + if ( daynum == d->calendar->weekDayOfPray() || + ( daynum == 6 && d->calendar->calendarName() == "gregorian" ) ) + normalday=false; + + TQBrush brushTitle(); + TQBrush brushInvertTitle(tqcolorGroup().base()); + TQColor titleColor(isEnabled()?( KGlobalSettings::activeTitleColor() ):( KGlobalSettings::inactiveTitleColor() ) ); + TQColor textColor(isEnabled()?( KGlobalSettings::activeTextColor() ):( KGlobalSettings::inactiveTextColor() ) ); + if (!normalday) + { + painter->setPen(textColor); + painter->setBrush(textColor); + painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h); + painter->setPen(titleColor); + } else { + painter->setPen(titleColor); + painter->setBrush(titleColor); + painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h); + painter->setPen(textColor); + } + painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h-1, AlignCenter, + d->calendar->weekDayName(daynum, true), -1, &rect); + painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().text()); + painter->moveTo(0, h-1); + painter->lineTo(w-1, h-1); + // ----- draw the weekday: + } else { + bool paintRect=true; + painter->setFont(font); + int pos=7*(row-1)+col; + + ExtDate pCellDate = dateFromPos( pos ); + // First day of month + text = d->calendar->dayString(pCellDate, true); + if( d->calendar->month(pCellDate) != d->calendar->month(date) ) + { // we are either + // � painting a day of the previous month or + // � painting a day of the following month + // TODO: don't hardcode gray here! Use a color with less contrast to the background than normal text. + painter->setPen( tqcolorGroup().mid() ); +// painter->setPen(gray); + } else { // paint a day of the current month + if ( d->useCustomColors ) + { + ExtDateTablePrivate::DatePaintingMode *mode=d->customPaintingModes[pCellDate.toString()]; + if (mode) + { + if (mode->bgMode != NoBgMode) + { + TQBrush oldbrush=painter->brush(); + painter->setBrush( mode->bgColor ); + switch(mode->bgMode) + { + case(CircleMode) : painter->drawEllipse(0,0,w,h);break; + case(RectangleMode) : painter->drawRect(0,0,w,h);break; + case(NoBgMode) : // Should never be here, but just to get one + // less warning when compiling + default: break; + } + painter->setBrush( oldbrush ); + paintRect=false; + } + painter->setPen( mode->fgColor ); + } else + painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().text()); + } else //if ( firstWeekDay < 4 ) // <- this doesn' make sense at all! + painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().text()); + } + + pen=painter->pen(); + int offset=firstday-firstWeekDay; + if(offset<1) + offset+=7; + int dy = d->calendar->day(date); + if( ((offset+dy) == (pos+1)) && hasFocus()) + { + // draw the currently selected date + painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().highlight()); + painter->setBrush(tqcolorGroup().highlight()); + pen=TQPen(tqcolorGroup().highlightedText()); + } else { + painter->setBrush(paletteBackgroundColor()); + painter->setPen(paletteBackgroundColor()); +// painter->setBrush(tqcolorGroup().base()); +// painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().base()); + } + + if ( pCellDate == ExtDate::tqcurrentDate() ) + { + painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().text()); + } + + if ( paintRect ) painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h); + painter->setPen(pen); + painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h, AlignCenter, text, -1, &rect); + } + if(rect.width()>maxCell.width()) maxCell.setWidth(rect.width()); + if(rect.height()>maxCell.height()) maxCell.setHeight(rect.height()); +} + +void +ExtDateTable::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ) +{ +//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + ExtDate temp = date; + + switch( e->key() ) { + case Key_Prior: + temp = d->calendar->addMonths( date, -1 ); + setDate(temp); + return; + case Key_Next: + temp = d->calendar->addMonths( date, 1 ); + setDate(temp); + return; + case Key_Up: + if ( d->calendar->day(date) > 7 ) { + setDate(date.addDays(-7)); + return; + } + break; + case Key_Down: + if ( d->calendar->day(date) <= d->calendar->daysInMonth(date)-7 ) { + setDate(date.addDays(7)); + return; + } + break; + case Key_Left: + if ( d->calendar->day(date) > 1 ) { + setDate(date.addDays(-1)); + return; + } + break; + case Key_Right: + if ( d->calendar->day(date) < d->calendar->daysInMonth(date) ) { + setDate(date.addDays(1)); + return; + } + break; + case Key_Minus: + setDate(date.addDays(-1)); + return; + case Key_Plus: + setDate(date.addDays(1)); + return; + case Key_N: + setDate(ExtDate::tqcurrentDate()); + return; + case Key_Return: + case Key_Enter: + emit tableClicked(); + return; + default: + break; + } + + KNotifyClient::beep(); +} + +void +ExtDateTable::viewportResizeEvent(TQResizeEvent * e) +{ + TQGridView::viewportResizeEvent(e); + + setCellWidth(viewport()->width()/7); + setCellHeight(viewport()->height()/7); +} + +void +ExtDateTable::setFontSize(int size) +{ +//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + int count; + TQFontMetrics metrics(fontMetrics()); + TQRect rect; + // ----- store rectangles: + fontsize=size; + // ----- find largest day name: + maxCell.setWidth(0); + maxCell.setHeight(0); + for(count=0; count<7; ++count) + { + rect=metrics.boundingRect(d->calendar->weekDayName(count+1, true)); + maxCell.setWidth(TQMAX(maxCell.width(), rect.width())); + maxCell.setHeight(TQMAX(maxCell.height(), rect.height())); + } + // ----- compare with a real wide number and add some space: + rect=metrics.boundingRect(TQString::tqfromLatin1("88")); + maxCell.setWidth(TQMAX(maxCell.width()+2, rect.width())); + maxCell.setHeight(TQMAX(maxCell.height()+4, rect.height())); +} + +void +ExtDateTable::wheelEvent ( TQWheelEvent * e ) +{ + setDate(date.addMonths( -(int)(e->delta()/120)) ); + e->accept(); +} + +void +ExtDateTable::contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e) +{ + + if(e->type()!=TQEvent::MouseButtonPress) + { // the ExtDatePicker only reacts on mouse press events: + return; + } + if(!isEnabled()) + { + KNotifyClient::beep(); + return; + } + + // ----- + int row, col, pos, temp; + TQPoint mouseCoord; + // ----- + mouseCoord = e->pos(); + row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y()); + col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x()); + if(row<1 || col<0) + { // the user clicked on the frame of the table + return; + } + + // Rows and columns are zero indexed. The (row - 1) below is to avoid counting + // the row with the days of the week in the calculation. + + // old selected date: + temp = posFromDate( date ); + // new position and date + pos = (7 * (row - 1)) + col; + ExtDate clickedDate = dateFromPos( pos ); + + // set the new date. If it is in the previous or next month, the month will + // automatically be changed, no need to do that manually... + setDate( clickedDate ); + + // call updateCell on the old and new selection. If setDate switched to a different + // month, these cells will be painted twice, but that's no problem. + updateCell( temp/7+1, temp%7 ); + updateCell( row, col ); + + emit tableClicked(); + + if ( e->button() == Qt::RightButton && d->popupMenuEnabled ) + { + KPopupMenu *menu = new KPopupMenu(); + +//FIXME: Uncomment the following line (and remove the one after it) +// if ExtDate is added to tdelibs +// menu->insertTitle( KGlobal::locale()->formatDate(clickedDate) ); + menu->insertTitle( clickedDate.toString() ); + + emit aboutToShowContextMenu( menu, clickedDate ); + menu->popup(e->globalPos()); + } +} + +bool +ExtDateTable::setDate(const ExtDate& date_) +{ + bool changed=false; + ExtDate temp; + // ----- + if(!date_.isValid()) + { + kdDebug() << "ExtDateTable::setDate: refusing to set invalid date." << endl; + return false; + } + if(date!=date_) + { + emit(dateChanged(date, date_)); + date=date_; + emit(dateChanged(date)); + changed=true; + } + +//FIXME: Can't uncomment the following unless ExtDate is moved to tdelibs +// const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + d->calendar->setYMD(temp, d->calendar->year(date), d->calendar->month(date), 1); + //temp.setYMD(date.year(), date.month(), 1); + //kdDebug() << "firstDayInWeek: " << temp.toString() << endl; + firstday=temp.dayOfWeek(); + numdays=d->calendar->daysInMonth(date); + + temp = d->calendar->addMonths(temp, -1); + numDaysPrevMonth=d->calendar->daysInMonth(temp); + if(changed) + { + repaintContents(false); + } + return true; +} + +const ExtDate& +ExtDateTable::getDate() const +{ + return date; +} + +// what are those repaintContents() good for? (pfeiffer) +void ExtDateTable::focusInEvent( TQFocusEvent *e ) +{ +// repaintContents(false); + TQGridView::focusInEvent( e ); +} + +void ExtDateTable::focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent *e ) +{ +// repaintContents(false); + TQGridView::focusOutEvent( e ); +} + +TQSize +ExtDateTable::tqsizeHint() const +{ + if(maxCell.height()>0 && maxCell.width()>0) + { + return TQSize(maxCell.width()*numCols()+2*frameWidth(), + (maxCell.height()+2)*numRows()+2*frameWidth()); + } else { + kdDebug() << "ExtDateTable::tqsizeHint: obscure failure - " << endl; + return TQSize(-1, -1); + } +} + +void ExtDateTable::setPopupMenuEnabled( bool enable ) +{ + d->popupMenuEnabled=enable; +} + +bool ExtDateTable::popupMenuEnabled() const +{ + return d->popupMenuEnabled; +} + +void ExtDateTable::setCustomDatePainting(const ExtDate &date, const TQColor &fgColor, BackgroundMode bgMode, const TQColor &bgColor) +{ + if (!fgColor.isValid()) + { + unsetCustomDatePainting( date ); + return; + } + + ExtDateTablePrivate::DatePaintingMode *mode=new ExtDateTablePrivate::DatePaintingMode; + mode->bgMode=bgMode; + mode->fgColor=fgColor; + mode->bgColor=bgColor; + + d->customPaintingModes.replace( date.toString(), mode ); + d->useCustomColors=true; + update(); +} + +void ExtDateTable::unsetCustomDatePainting( const ExtDate &date ) +{ + d->customPaintingModes.remove( date.toString() ); +} + +ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::ExtDateInternalWeekSelector +(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : KLineEdit(parent, name), + val(new TQIntValidator(TQT_TQOBJECT(this))), + result(0) +{ + TQFont font; + // ----- + font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont(); + setFont(font); + setFrameStyle(TQFrame::NoFrame); + setValidator(val); + connect(this, TQT_SIGNAL(returnPressed()), TQT_SLOT(weekEnteredSlot())); +} + +void +ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::weekEnteredSlot() +{ + bool ok; + int week; + // ----- check if this is a valid week: + week=text().toInt(&ok); + if(!ok) + { + KNotifyClient::beep(); + return; + } + result=week; + emit(closeMe(1)); +} + +int +ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::getWeek() +{ + return result; +} + +void +ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::setWeek(int week) +{ + TQString temp; + // ----- + temp.setNum(week); + setText(temp); +} + +void +ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::setMaxWeek(int max) +{ + val->setRange(1, max); +} + +// ### CFM To avoid binary incompatibility. +// In future releases, remove this and replace by a ExtDate +// private member, needed in ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::paintCell +class ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate { +public: + ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate (int y, int m, int d) + : year(y), month(m), day(d) + { calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(); } + ~ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate() + { delete calendar; } + + ExtCalendarSystem *calendar; + int year; + int month; + int day; +}; + +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::~ExtDateInternalMonthPicker() { + delete d; +} + +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::ExtDateInternalMonthPicker +(const ExtDate & date, TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQGridView(parent, name), + result(0) // invalid +{ +//FIXME: Can't uncomment the following unless ExtDate is moved to tdelibs +// ExtCalendarSystem *calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + TQRect rect; + TQFont font; + // ----- + activeCol = -1; + activeRow = -1; + font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont(); + setFont(font); + setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff); + setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff); + setFrameStyle(TQFrame::NoFrame); + setNumCols(3); + d = new ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate(date.year(), date.month(), date.day()); + // For monthsInYear != 12 + setNumRows( (d->calendar->monthsInYear(date) + 2) / 3); + // enable to find drawing failures: + // setTableFlags(Tbl_clipCellPainting); + viewport()->setEraseColor(KGlobalSettings::baseColor()); // for consistency with the datepicker + // ----- find the preferred size + // (this is slow, possibly, but unfortunately it is needed here): + TQFontMetrics metrics(font); + for(int i = 1; ; ++i) + { + TQString str = d->calendar->monthName(i, + d->calendar->year(date), false); + if (str.isNull()) break; + rect=metrics.boundingRect(str); + if(max.width()<rect.width()) max.setWidth(rect.width()); + if(max.height()<rect.height()) max.setHeight(rect.height()); + } +} + +TQSize +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::tqsizeHint() const +{ + return TQSize((max.width()+6)*numCols()+2*frameWidth(), + (max.height()+6)*numRows()+2*frameWidth()); +} + +int +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::getResult() const +{ + return result; +} + +void +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::setupPainter(TQPainter *p) +{ + p->setPen(KGlobalSettings::textColor()); +} + +void +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::viewportResizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*) +{ + setCellWidth(width() / numCols()); + setCellHeight(height() / numRows()); +} + +void +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::paintCell(TQPainter* painter, int row, int col) +{ + int index; + TQString text; + // ----- find the number of the cell: + index=3*row+col+1; + text=d->calendar->monthName(index, + d->calendar->year(ExtDate(d->year, d->month, + d->day)), false); + painter->drawText(0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight(), AlignCenter, text); + if ( activeCol == col && activeRow == row ) + painter->drawRect( 0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight() ); +} + +void +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e) +{ + if(!isEnabled() || e->button() != Qt::LeftButton) + { + KNotifyClient::beep(); + return; + } + // ----- + int row, col; + TQPoint mouseCoord; + // ----- + mouseCoord = e->pos(); + row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y()); + col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x()); + + if(row<0 || col<0) + { // the user clicked on the frame of the table + activeCol = -1; + activeRow = -1; + } else { + activeCol = col; + activeRow = row; + updateCell( row, col /*, false */ ); + } +} + +void +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMouseMoveEvent(TQMouseEvent *e) +{ + if (e->state() & Qt::LeftButton) + { + int row, col; + TQPoint mouseCoord; + // ----- + mouseCoord = e->pos(); + row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y()); + col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x()); + int tmpRow = -1, tmpCol = -1; + if(row<0 || col<0) + { // the user clicked on the frame of the table + if ( activeCol > -1 ) + { + tmpRow = activeRow; + tmpCol = activeCol; + } + activeCol = -1; + activeRow = -1; + } else { + bool differentCell = (activeRow != row || activeCol != col); + if ( activeCol > -1 && differentCell) + { + tmpRow = activeRow; + tmpCol = activeCol; + } + if ( differentCell) + { + activeRow = row; + activeCol = col; + updateCell( row, col /*, false */ ); // mark the new active cell + } + } + if ( tmpRow > -1 ) // tqrepaint the former active cell + updateCell( tmpRow, tmpCol /*, true */ ); + } +} + +void +ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(TQMouseEvent *e) +{ + if(!isEnabled()) + { + return; + } + // ----- + int row, col, pos; + TQPoint mouseCoord; + // ----- + mouseCoord = e->pos(); + row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y()); + col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x()); + if(row<0 || col<0) + { // the user clicked on the frame of the table + emit(closeMe(0)); + } + + pos=3*row+col+1; + result=pos; + emit(closeMe(1)); +} + + + +ExtDateInternalYearSelector::ExtDateInternalYearSelector +(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQLineEdit(parent, name), + val(new TQIntValidator(TQT_TQOBJECT(this))), + result(0), + d(new ExtDateInternalYearPrivate()) +{ + TQFont font; + // ----- + font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont(); + setFont(font); + setFrameStyle(TQFrame::NoFrame); + // set year limits (perhaps we should get rid of limits altogether) + //there si also a year limit in ExtCalendarSystemGregorian... + val->setRange(-50000, 50000); + setValidator(val); + connect(this, TQT_SIGNAL(returnPressed()), TQT_SLOT(yearEnteredSlot())); +} + +ExtDateInternalYearSelector::~ExtDateInternalYearSelector() { + delete val; + delete d; +} + +void +ExtDateInternalYearSelector::yearEnteredSlot() +{ + bool ok; + int year; + ExtDate date; + // ----- check if this is a valid year: + year=text().toInt(&ok); + if(!ok) + { + KNotifyClient::beep(); + return; + } + //date.setYMD(year, 1, 1); + d->calendar->setYMD(date, year, 1, 1); + if(!date.isValid()) + { + KNotifyClient::beep(); + return; + } + result=year; + emit(closeMe(1)); +} + +int +ExtDateInternalYearSelector::getYear() +{ + return result; +} + +void +ExtDateInternalYearSelector::setYear(int year) +{ + TQString temp; + // ----- + temp.setNum(year); + setText(temp); +} + +KPopupFrame::KPopupFrame(TQWidget* parent, const char* name) + : TQFrame(parent, name, WType_Popup), + result(0), // rejected + main(0) +{ + setFrameStyle(TQFrame::Box|TQFrame::Raised); + setMidLineWidth(2); +} + +void +KPopupFrame::keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* e) +{ + if(e->key()==Key_Escape) + { + result=0; // rejected + tqApp->exit_loop(); + } +} + +void +KPopupFrame::close(int r) +{ + result=r; + tqApp->exit_loop(); +} + +void +KPopupFrame::setMainWidget(TQWidget* m) +{ + main=m; + if(main!=0) + { + resize(main->width()+2*frameWidth(), main->height()+2*frameWidth()); + } +} + +void +KPopupFrame::resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*) +{ + if(main!=0) + { + main->setGeometry(frameWidth(), frameWidth(), + width()-2*frameWidth(), height()-2*frameWidth()); + } +} + +void +KPopupFrame::popup(const TQPoint &pos) +{ + // Make sure the whole popup is visible. + TQRect d = KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry(pos); + + int x = pos.x(); + int y = pos.y(); + int w = width(); + int h = height(); + if (x+w > d.x()+d.width()) + x = d.width() - w; + if (y+h > d.y()+d.height()) + y = d.height() - h; + if (x < d.x()) + x = 0; + if (y < d.y()) + y = 0; + + // Pop the thingy up. + move(x, y); + show(); +} + +int +KPopupFrame::exec(TQPoint pos) +{ + popup(pos); + tqrepaint(); + tqApp->enter_loop(); + hide(); + return result; +} + +int +KPopupFrame::exec(int x, int y) +{ + return exec(TQPoint(x, y)); +} + +void KPopupFrame::virtual_hook( int, void* ) +{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ } + +void ExtDateTable::virtual_hook( int, void* ) +{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ } + +#include "extdatetbl.moc" diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbbc880b --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.h @@ -0,0 +1,432 @@ +/* -*- C++ -*- + This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org) + (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org) + (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org) + + These classes has been derived from those in kdatetbl.[h|cpp]. + The only differences are adaptations to use ExtDate instead of TQDate, + to allow for more remote dates. These changes by Jason Harris. + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ +#ifndef EXTDATETBL_H +#define EXTDATETBL_H + +#include <tqvalidator.h> +#include <tqgridview.h> +#include <klineedit.h> +#include "extcalendarsystemgregorian.h" + +class KPopupMenu; + +/** Week selection widget. +* @internal +* @version $Id$ +* @author Stephan Binner +*/ +class ExtDateInternalWeekSelector : public KLineEdit +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +protected: + TQIntValidator *val; + int result; +public slots: + void weekEnteredSlot(); + void setMaxWeek(int max); +signals: + void closeMe(int); +public: + ExtDateInternalWeekSelector( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); + int getWeek(); + void setWeek(int week); + +private: + class ExtDateInternalWeekPrivate; + ExtDateInternalWeekPrivate *d; +}; + +/** +* A table containing month names. It is used to pick a month directly. +* @internal +* @version $Id$ +* @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm +*/ +class ExtDateInternalMonthPicker : public TQGridView +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +protected: + /** + * Store the month that has been clicked [1..12]. + */ + int result; + /** + * the cell under mouse cursor when LBM is pressed + */ + short int activeCol; + short int activeRow; + /** + * Contains the largest rectangle needed by the month names. + */ + TQRect max; +signals: + /** + * This is send from the mouse click event handler. + */ + void closeMe(int); +public: + /** + * The constructor. + */ + ExtDateInternalMonthPicker(const ExtDate& date, TQWidget* parent, const char* name=0); + /** + * The destructor. + */ + ~ExtDateInternalMonthPicker(); + /** + * The size hint. + */ + TQSize tqsizeHint() const; + /** + * Return the result. 0 means no selection (reject()), 1..12 are the + * months. + */ + int getResult() const; +protected: + /** + * Set up the painter. + */ + void setupPainter(TQPainter *p); + /** + * The resize event. + */ + virtual void viewportResizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*); + /** + * Paint a cell. This simply draws the month names in it. + */ + virtual void paintCell(TQPainter* painter, int row, int col); + /** + * Catch mouse click and move events to paint a rectangle around the item. + */ + virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e); + virtual void contentsMouseMoveEvent(TQMouseEvent *e); + /** + * Emit monthSelected(int) when a cell has been released. + */ + virtual void contentsMouseReleaseEvent(TQMouseEvent *e); + +private: + class ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate; + ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate *d; +}; + +/** Year selection widget. +* @internal +* @version $Id$ +* @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm +*/ +class ExtDateInternalYearSelector : public TQLineEdit +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +protected: + TQIntValidator *val; + int result; +public slots: + void yearEnteredSlot(); +signals: + void closeMe(int); +public: + ExtDateInternalYearSelector( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); + ~ExtDateInternalYearSelector(); + int getYear(); + void setYear(int year); + +private: + class ExtDateInternalYearPrivate { + public: + ExtDateInternalYearPrivate() { + calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(); + } + ~ExtDateInternalYearPrivate() { + delete calendar; + } + ExtCalendarSystem *calendar; + }; + ExtDateInternalYearPrivate *d; + +}; + +/** + * Frame with popup menu behavior. + * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm + * @version $Id$ + */ +class KPopupFrame : public TQFrame +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +protected: + /** + * The result. It is returned from exec() when the popup window closes. + */ + int result; + /** + * Catch key press events. + */ + virtual void keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* e); + /** + * The only subwidget that uses the whole dialog window. + */ + TQWidget *main; +public slots: + /** + * Close the popup window. This is called from the main widget, usually. + * @p r is the result returned from exec(). + */ + void close(int r); +public: + /** + * The contructor. Creates a dialog without buttons. + */ + KPopupFrame(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); + /** + * Set the main widget. You cannot set the main widget from the constructor, + * since it must be a child of the frame itselfes. + * Be careful: the size is set to the main widgets size. It is up to you to + * set the main widgets correct size before setting it as the main + * widget. + */ + void setMainWidget(TQWidget* m); + /** + * The resize event. Simply resizes the main widget to the whole + * widgets client size. + */ + virtual void resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*); + /** + * Open the popup window at position pos. + */ + void popup(const TQPoint &pos); + /** + * Execute the popup window. + */ + int exec(TQPoint p); + /** + * Dito. + */ + int exec(int x, int y); + +private: + + virtual bool close(bool alsoDelete) { return TQFrame::close(alsoDelete); } +protected: + virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); +private: + class KPopupFramePrivate; + KPopupFramePrivate *d; +}; + +/** +* Validates user-entered dates. +*/ +class ExtDateValidator : public TQValidator +{ +public: + ExtDateValidator(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0); + virtual State validate(TQString&, int&) const; + virtual void fixup ( TQString & input ) const; + State date(const TQString&, ExtDate&) const; +}; + +/** + * Date selection table. + * This is a support class for the ExtDatePicker class. It just + * draws the calender table without titles, but could theoretically + * be used as a standalone. + * + * When a date is selected by the user, it emits a signal: + * dateSelected(ExtDate) + * + * @internal + * @version $Id$ + * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm + */ +class ExtDateTable : public TQGridView +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT + //TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate date READ getDate WRITE setDate ) + TQ_PROPERTY( bool popupMenu READ popupMenuEnabled WRITE setPopupMenuEnabled ) + +public: + /** + * The constructor. + */ + ExtDateTable(TQWidget *parent=0, + ExtDate date=ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), + const char* name=0, WFlags f=0); + + /** + * The destructor. + */ + ~ExtDateTable(); + + /** + * Returns a recommended size for the widget. + * To save some time, the size of the largest used cell content is + * calculated in each paintCell() call, since all calculations have + * to be done there anyway. The size is stored in maxCell. The + * tqsizeHint() simply returns a multiple of maxCell. + */ + virtual TQSize tqsizeHint() const; + /** + * Set the font size of the date table. + */ + void setFontSize(int size); + /** + * Select and display this date. + */ + bool setDate(const ExtDate&); + // ### 4.0 rename to date() + const ExtDate& getDate() const; + + /** + * Enables a popup menu when right clicking on a date. + * + * When it's enabled, this object emits a aboutToShowContextMenu signal + * where you can fill in the menu items. + * + * @since 3.2 + */ + void setPopupMenuEnabled( bool enable ); + + /** + * Returns if the popup menu is enabled or not + */ + bool popupMenuEnabled() const; + + enum BackgroundMode { NoBgMode=0, RectangleMode, CircleMode }; + + /** + * Makes a given date be painted with a given foregroundColor, and background + * (a rectangle, or a circle/ellipse) in a given color. + * + * @since 3.2 + */ + void setCustomDatePainting( const ExtDate &date, const TQColor &fgColor, BackgroundMode bgMode=NoBgMode, const TQColor &bgColor=TQColor()); + + /** + * Unsets the custom painting of a date so that the date is painted as usual. + * + * @since 3.2 + */ + void unsetCustomDatePainting( const ExtDate &date ); + +protected: + /** + * calculate the position of the cell in the matrix for the given date. The result is the 0-based index. + */ + int posFromDate( const ExtDate &date ); // KDE4: make this virtual, so subclasses can reimplement this and use a different default for the start of the matrix + /** + * calculate the date that is displayed at a given cell in the matrix. pos is the + * 0-based index in the matrix. Inverse function to posForDate(). + */ + ExtDate dateFromPos( int pos ); // KDE4: make this virtual + + /** + * Paint a cell. + */ + virtual void paintCell(TQPainter*, int, int); + /** + * Handle the resize events. + */ + virtual void viewportResizeEvent(TQResizeEvent *); + /** + * React on mouse clicks that select a date. + */ + virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *); + virtual void wheelEvent( TQWheelEvent * e ); + virtual void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e ); + virtual void focusInEvent( TQFocusEvent *e ); + virtual void focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent *e ); + + // ### KDE 4.0 make the following private and mark as members + + /** + * The font size of the displayed text. + */ + int fontsize; + /** + * The currently selected date. + */ + ExtDate date; + /** + * The day of the first day in the month [1..7]. + */ + int firstday; + /** + * The number of days in the current month. + */ + int numdays; + /** + * The number of days in the previous month. + */ + int numDaysPrevMonth; + /** + * unused + * ### remove in KDE 4.0 + */ + bool unused_hasSelection; + /** + * Save the size of the largest used cell content. + */ + TQRect maxCell; +signals: + /** + * The selected date changed. + */ + void dateChanged(const ExtDate&); + /** + * This function behaves essentially like the one above. + * The selected date changed. + * @param cur The current date + * @param old The date before the date was changed + */ + void dateChanged(const ExtDate& cur, const ExtDate& old); + /** + * A date has been selected by clicking on the table. + */ + void tableClicked(); + + /** + * A popup menu for a given date is about to be shown (as when the user + * right clicks on that date and the popup menu is enabled). Connect + * the slot where you fill the menu to this signal. + * + * @since 3.2 + */ + void aboutToShowContextMenu( KPopupMenu * menu, const ExtDate &date); + +protected: + virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); +private: + class ExtDateTablePrivate; + ExtDateTablePrivate *d; +}; + +#endif // EXTDATETBL_H diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8984eee --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1150 @@ +/************************************************************************* +** Definition of extended range date classe +** (c) 2004 by Michel Guitel <michel.guitel@sap.ap-hop-paris.fr> +** modifications by Jason Harris <kstars@30doradus.org> +** +** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the +** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. +** +** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. +** +**********************************************************************/ + +#include "extdatetime.h" +#include <tqregexp.h> + +#include <kglobal.h> +#include <klocale.h> +#include <kdebug.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <time.h> + +static const uint SECS_PER_DAY = 86400; +static const uint MSECS_PER_DAY = 86400000; +static const uint SECS_PER_HOUR = 3600; +static const uint MSECS_PER_HOUR= 3600000; +static const uint SECS_PER_MIN = 60; +static const uint MSECS_PER_MIN = 60000; + +/***************************************************************************** + ExtDate class + *****************************************************************************/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * + * Concepts : + * a date is represented internally by its Julian Day number, a simple count + * of the number of days since a remote, arbitrary date (01 January, 4713 BC). + * This date has Julian Day number zero. + * + * ***************************************************************************/ + +uint ExtDate::m_monthLength[] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; +uint ExtDate::m_monthOrigin[] = { 0, 30, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334}; + +TQString ExtDate::m_shortMonthNames[12] = { + i18n("Short month name", "Jan"), i18n("Short month name", "Feb"), + i18n("Short month name", "Mar"), i18n("Short month name", "Apr"), + i18n("Short month name", "May"), i18n("Short month name", "Jun"), + i18n("Short month name", "Jul"), i18n("Short month name", "Aug"), + i18n("Short month name", "Sep"), i18n("Short month name", "Oct"), + i18n("Short month name", "Nov"), i18n("Short month name", "Dec") +}; +TQString ExtDate::m_shortDayNames[7] = { + i18n("Short day name", "Mon"), i18n("Short day name", "Tue"), + i18n("Short day name", "Wed"), i18n("Short day name", "Thu"), + i18n("Short day name", "Fri"), i18n("Short day name", "Sat"), + i18n("Short day name", "Sun") +}; +TQString ExtDate::m_longMonthNames[12] = { + i18n("Long month name", "January"), i18n("Long month name", "February"), + i18n("Long month name", "March"), i18n("Long month name", "April"), + i18n("Long month name", "May"), i18n("Long month name", "June"), + i18n("Long month name", "July"), i18n("Long month name", "August"), + i18n("Long month name", "September"), i18n("Long month name", "October"), + i18n("Long month name", "November"), i18n("Long month name", "December") +}; +TQString ExtDate::m_longDayNames[7] = { + i18n("Long day name", "Monday"), i18n("Long day name", "Tuesday"), + i18n("Long day name", "Wednesday"), i18n("Long day name", "Thursday"), + i18n("Long day name", "Friday"), i18n("Long day name", "Saturday"), + i18n("Long day name", "Sunday") +}; + +ExtDate::ExtDate( int y, int m, int d) +{ + if ( !isValid(y,m,d) ) { +#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) + qWarning( "ExtDate: Invalid date %04d-%02d-%02d", y, m, d ); +#endif + m_year = 0; + m_month = 0; + m_day = 0; + m_jd = INVALID_DAY; + } else { + m_year = y; + m_month = m; + m_day = d; + m_jd = GregorianToJD(y, m, d); + } +} + +ExtDate::ExtDate( long int jd ) { + m_jd = jd; + JDToGregorian( jd, m_year, m_month, m_day ); +} + +long int ExtDate::GregorianToJD( int year, int month, int day ) +{ + int m, y, A, B, C, D; + + if (month > 2) { + m = month; + y = year; + } else { + y = year - 1; + m = month + 12; + } + +/* If the date is after 10/15/1582, then take Pope Gregory's modification + to the Julian calendar into account */ + + if ( ( year >1582 ) || + ( year ==1582 && month >9 ) || + ( year ==1582 && month ==9 && day >15 )) + { + A = int(y/100); + B = 2 - A + int(A/4); + } else { + B = 0; + } + + if (y < 0) { + C = int((365.25*y) - 0.75); + } else { + C = int(365.25*y); + } + + D = int(30.6001*(m+1)); + + long int jd = B + C + D + day + 1720995; + + return jd; +} + +void ExtDate::JDToGregorian( long int jd, int &year, int &month, int &day ) +{ + int a, b, c, d, e, alpha; + + if (jd<2299161) { + a = jd; + } else { + alpha = int ((jd-1867216.25)/ 36524.25); + a = jd + 1 + alpha - int(alpha / 4.0); + } + b = a + 1524; + c = int ((b-122.1)/ 365.25); + d = int (365.25*c); + e = int ((b-d)/ 30.6001); + + day = b-d-int(30.6001*e); + month = (e<14) ? e-1 : e-13; + year = (month>2) ? c-4716 : c-4715; +} + +bool ExtDate::isValid() const +{ + return ( jd() != INVALID_DAY && isValid( year(), month(), day() ) ); +} + +int ExtDate::dayOfWeek() const +{ + //JD 2451545 (01 Jan 2000) was a Saturday, which is dayOfWeek=6. + int a_day = (( jd() - 2451545 + 6 ) % 7); + if ( a_day < 0 ) a_day += 7; + return (a_day == 0) ? 7 : a_day; +} + +int ExtDate::dayOfYear() const +{ + return jd() - GregorianToJD( year(), 1, 1) + 1; +} + +int ExtDate::daysInMonth() const +{ + if ( isValid() ) { + int m = month(); + int d = m_monthLength[m-1]; + if (m==2 && leapYear(year())) d++; + return d; + } else { + return 31; + } +} + +int ExtDate::daysInYear() const +{ + if ( ! isValid() ) return 365; + return (leapYear(year()) ? 366 : 365); +} + +int ExtDate::weekNumber( int *yearNum ) const +{ + //ISO 8601: + //Week 1 is the week containing the first Thursday of the year. + ExtDate day1( year(), 1, 1 ); //First day of the year + + if ( day1.dayOfWeek() > 4 ) { + //Jan 1 is after Thursday, so it's in the previous year's last week. + //Set day1 to be the following Monday, which is the start of week 1 + day1 = day1.addDays( 7 - day1.dayOfWeek() + 1 ); + } else { + //Jan 1 is before Friday, so it is in Week 1. + //Set day1 to be the preceding Monday + day1 = day1.addDays( 1 - day1.dayOfWeek() ); + } + + //Is the target date prior to day1? If so, the target is in the + //last week of the previous year. + if ( day1.daysTo( *this ) < 0 ) { + if ( yearNum ) *yearNum = year() - 1; + + //The last week of the year always contains Dec 28th (ISO 8601) + ExtDate lastDec28( year()-1, 12, 28 ); + return lastDec28.weekNumber(); + } + + //If the target date is after Dec 28th, it's possible that it is in + //Week 1 of the following year. + ExtDate dec28( year(), 12, 28 ); + if ( dayOfYear() > dec28.dayOfYear() && dayOfWeek() < 4 ) { + if ( yearNum ) *yearNum = year() + 1; + return 1; + } + + //If we reach here, the week number will be in this year. + int week = 1 + int( day1.daysTo( *this )/7 ); + + if ( yearNum ) *yearNum = year(); + return week; +} + +#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE +TQString ExtDate::shortMonthName( int month ) {return m_shortMonthNames[month-1];} +TQString ExtDate::shortDayName( int weekday ) {return m_shortDayNames[weekday-1];} +TQString ExtDate::longMonthName( int month ) {return m_longMonthNames[month-1];} +TQString ExtDate::longDayName( int weekday ) {return m_longDayNames[weekday-1];} +#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTDATE + +#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTSTRING +#if !defined(TQT_NO_SPRINTF) +TQString ExtDate::toString( Qt::DateFormat f) const +{ + TQString a_format; + + if ( ! isValid() ) return TQString(); + + switch (f) + { + case Qt::TextDate : // Sat May 20 1995 + a_format = "%a %b %e %Y"; + break; + + case Qt::ISODate : // YYYY-MM-DD + a_format = "%Y-%m-%d"; + break; + + case Qt::LocalDate : // local settings + a_format = KGlobal::locale()->dateFormat(); + break; + + default : + a_format = "toString : unknown format"; + break; + + } + return toString(a_format); +} +#endif + +TQString ExtDate::toString( const TQString& format ) const +{ + if ( ! isValid() ) return TQString(); + + //We use the KDE Date format specs. + //Replace occurences of the following tokens with their + //corresponding values: + // + // %Y The year, including centuries prefix (e.g., "1984") + // %y The year, excluding centuries prefix (e.g., "84") + // %n Numerical month value (e.g., "3" for March) + // %m Numerical month value, two digits (e.g., "03" for March) + // %e Numerical day value (e.g., "3" on March 3rd) + // %d Numerical day value, two digits (e.g., "03" on March 3rd) + // %b Month name, short form (e.g., "Mar" for March) + // %B Month name, long form (e.g., "March") + // %a Weekday name, short form (e.g., "Wed" for Wednesday) + // %A Weekday name, long form (e.g., "Wednesday") + + //All other characters are left as-is. + + TQString result( format ); + + result.replace( "%Y", TQString().sprintf( "%d", year() ) ); + result.replace( "%y", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", (year() % 100) ) ); + result.replace( "%n", TQString().sprintf( "%d", month() ) ); + result.replace( "%m", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", month() ) ); + result.replace( "%e", TQString().sprintf( "%d", day() ) ); + result.replace( "%d", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", day() ) ); + result.replace( "%b", shortMonthName( month() ) ); + result.replace( "%B", longMonthName( month() ) ); + result.replace( "%a", shortDayName( dayOfWeek() ) ); + result.replace( "%A", longDayName( dayOfWeek() ) ); + + return result; +} +#endif + +bool ExtDate::setYMD( int y, int m, int d ) +{ + if ( ! isValid(y,m,d) ) { +#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) + qWarning( "ExtDate: Invalid date %04d-%02d-%02d", y, m, d ); +#endif + m_year = 0; + m_month = 0; + m_day = 0; + m_jd = INVALID_DAY; + return false; + } else { + m_year = y; + m_month = m; + m_day = d; + m_jd = GregorianToJD( y, m, d ); + return true; + } +} + +bool ExtDate::setJD( long int _jd ) { + if ( _jd == INVALID_DAY ) { + m_jd = _jd; + m_year = 0; + m_month = 0; + m_day = 0; + return false; + } else { + m_jd = _jd; + JDToGregorian( _jd, m_year, m_month, m_day ); + return true; + } +} + +ExtDate ExtDate::addDays( int days ) const +{ + ExtDate a_date; + a_date.setJD( jd() + days ); + return a_date; +} + +ExtDate ExtDate::addMonths( int months ) const +{ + int a_month = month() + months%12; + int a_year = year() + int(months/12); + + while ( a_month < 1 ) { + a_month += 12; + a_year--; + } + + while ( a_month > 12 ) { + a_month -= 12; + a_year++; + } + + return ExtDate(a_year, a_month, day()); +} + +ExtDate ExtDate::addYears( int years ) const +{ + return ExtDate(year() + years, month(), day()); +} + +int ExtDate::daysTo( const ExtDate & a_date) const +{ + return a_date.jd() - jd(); +} + +ExtDate ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(Qt::TimeSpec ts) +{ + time_t a_current_time; + struct tm a_current_time_tm; + + time(&a_current_time); + switch (ts) + { + case TQt::LocalTime : + localtime_r(&a_current_time, &a_current_time_tm); + break; + + case TQt::UTC : + gmtime_r(&a_current_time, &a_current_time_tm); + break; + + default : + assert(0); + break; + } + return ExtDate(a_current_time_tm.tm_year + 1900, a_current_time_tm.tm_mon + 1, a_current_time_tm.tm_mday); +} + +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING +//Try both DateFormat values +ExtDate ExtDate::fromString( const TQString& s ) +{ + ExtDate dResult = ExtDate::fromString( s, Qt::TextDate ); + if ( dResult.isValid() ) return dResult; + + dResult = ExtDate::fromString( s, Qt::ISODate ); + if ( dResult.isValid() ) return dResult; + else return ExtDate(); //invalid +} + +ExtDate ExtDate::fromString( const TQString& s, Qt::DateFormat f ) +{ + ExtDate dt = ExtDate(); //initialize invalid date + if ( s.isEmpty() ) { return dt; } + if ( f == Qt::LocalDate ) { //can't use LocalFormat +#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) + qWarning( "TQDate::fromString: Parameter out of range" ); +#endif + return dt; + } + + switch( f ) { + case Qt::ISODate : + { + int year( s.mid( 0, 4 ).toInt() ); + int month( s.mid( 5, 2 ).toInt() ); + int day( s.mid( 8, 2 ).toInt() ); + + if ( year && month && day ) + return ExtDate( year, month, day ); + } + break; + + default : +#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE + case Qt::TextDate : + { + //Three possible date formats: + //dd mth yyyy; mth dd yyyy; wkd mth dd yyyy + //"mth" is the word for the month (long or short form) + TQStringList ss = TQStringList::split( " ", s ); + bool ok = false; + int month = -1; + uint imonth = 0; + uint iyear = 0; + + //If neither of the first two words is a number, then we'll assume + //the first word is a superfluous "weekday" string + int day = ss[0].toInt( &ok ); + if ( ! ok ) { + day = ss[1].toInt( &ok ); + if ( ! ok ) { + day = ss[2].toInt( &ok ); + if ( !ok ) return dt; //could not find a valid day number in first three words + imonth = 1; //the month must be the second word + iyear = 3; //the year must be the fourth word + } else { + //the month is either the first word, or the third. + imonth = 0; + iyear = 2; + } + } else { + //month is the second word + imonth = 1; + iyear = 2; + } + + for ( uint i = 0; i < 12; i++ ) { + if ( ss[imonth] == shortMonthName( i+1 ) || ss[imonth] == longMonthName( i+1 ) ) { + month = i + 1; + break; + } + } + + if ( month == -1 && imonth == 0 ) { //try the third word + imonth = 2; + iyear = 3; + for ( uint i = 0; i < 12; i++ ) { + if ( ss[imonth] == shortMonthName( i+1 ) || ss[imonth] == longMonthName( i+1 ) ) { + month = i + 1; + break; + } + } + } + + if ( month > -1 ) ok = true; + if ( ! ok ) return dt; //could not parse month; return invalid + + int year = ss[iyear].toInt( &ok ); + if ( ! ok ) return dt; //could not parse year; return invalid + + return ExtDate( year, month, day ); + + break; + } +#else + break; +#endif //ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE + } + + return dt; +} +#endif //ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING + +bool ExtDate::isValid( int y, int m, int d ) +{ + if (m < 1 || m > 12) return false; + if (d < 1) return false; + if (m != 2 && d > (int) m_monthLength[m-1]) return false; + if (m == 2 && d > ( (int) m_monthLength[1] + (leapYear(y) ? 1 : 0))) return false; + return true; +} + +TQDate ExtDate::qdate() const { + TQDate q( year(), month(), day() ); + + if ( q.isValid() ) + return q; + else + return TQDate(); +} + +bool ExtDate::leapYear( int year ) +{ + // year is the year-number where JC birth is 0 + if ((year % 4) != 0) return false; + // multiple of 4 : can be a leap year + // centennial years are NOT leap, but quadri-centennial ARE. + if ((year % 400) == 0) return true; + if ((year % 100) == 0) return false; + // year is multiple of 4 but not centennial so leap year ! + return true; +} + +int ExtDate::dayOfYear(int y, int m, int d) +{ + return m_monthOrigin[m-1] + d + ((m > 1) ? (leapYear(y) ? 1 : 0) : 0); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + ExtDateTime member functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/*! + \class ExtDateTime extdatetime.h + \brief The ExtDateTime class provides date and time functions. + + \ingroup time + + A ExtDateTime object contains a calendar date and a clock time (a + "datetime"). It is a combination of the ExtDate and TQTime classes. + It can read the current datetime from the system clock. It + provides functions for comparing datetimes and for manipulating a + datetime by adding a number of seconds, days, months or years. + + A ExtDateTime object is typically created either by giving a date + and time explicitly in the constructor, or by using the static + function tqcurrentDateTime(), which returns a ExtDateTime object set + to the system clock's time. The date and time can be changed with + setDate() and setTime(). A datetime can also be set using the + setTime_t() function, which takes a POSIX-standard "number of + seconds since 00:00:00 on January 1, 1970" value. The fromString() + function returns a ExtDateTime given a string and a date format + which is used to interpret the date within the string. + + The date() and time() functions provide access to the date and + time parts of the datetime. The same information is provided in + textual format by the toString() function. + + ExtDateTime provides a full set of operators to compare two + ExtDateTime objects where smaller means earlier and larger means + later. + + You can increment (or decrement) a datetime by a given number of + seconds using addSecs() or days using addDays(). Similarly you can + use addMonths() and addYears(). The daysTo() function returns the + number of days between two datetimes, and secsTo() returns the + number of seconds between two datetimes. + + The range of a datetime object is constrained to the ranges of the + ExtDate and TQTime objects which it embodies. + + Methods in this class are reentrant. + + \sa ExtDate TQTime ExtDateTimeEdit +*/ + + +/*! + \fn ExtDateTime::ExtDateTime() + + Constructs a null datetime (i.e. null date and null time). A null + datetime is invalid, since the date is invalid. + + \sa isValid() +*/ + + +/*! + Constructs a datetime with date \a date and null (but valid) time + (00:00:00.000). +*/ + +ExtDateTime::ExtDateTime( const ExtDate &date ) + : d(date) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a datetime with date \a date and time \a time. +*/ + +ExtDateTime::ExtDateTime( const ExtDate &date, const TQTime &time ) + : d(date), t(time) +{ +} + + +/*! + \fn bool ExtDateTime::isNull() const + + Returns TRUE if both the date and the time are null; otherwise + returns FALSE. A null datetime is invalid. + + \sa ExtDate::isNull(), TQTime::isNull() +*/ + +/*! + \fn bool ExtDateTime::isValid() const + + Returns TRUE if both the date and the time are valid; otherwise + returns FALSE. + + \sa ExtDate::isValid(), TQTime::isValid() +*/ + +/*! + \fn ExtDate ExtDateTime::date() const + + Returns the date part of the datetime. + + \sa setDate(), time() +*/ + +/*! + \fn TQTime ExtDateTime::time() const + + Returns the time part of the datetime. + + \sa setTime(), date() +*/ + +/*! + \fn void ExtDateTime::setDate( const ExtDate &date ) + + Sets the date part of this datetime to \a date. + + \sa date(), setTime() +*/ + +/*! + \fn void ExtDateTime::setTime( const TQTime &time ) + + Sets the time part of this datetime to \a time. + + \sa time(), setDate() +*/ + + +/*! + Returns the datetime as the number of seconds that have passed + since 1970-01-01T00:00:00, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). + + On systems that do not support timezones, this function will + behave as if local time were UTC. + + \sa setTime_t() +*/ + +uint ExtDateTime::toTime_t() const +{ + tm brokenDown; + brokenDown.tm_sec = t.second(); + brokenDown.tm_min = t.minute(); + brokenDown.tm_hour = t.hour(); + brokenDown.tm_mday = d.day(); + brokenDown.tm_mon = d.month() - 1; + brokenDown.tm_year = d.year() - 1900; + brokenDown.tm_isdst = -1; + int secsSince1Jan1970UTC = (int) mktime( &brokenDown ); + if ( secsSince1Jan1970UTC < -1 ) + secsSince1Jan1970UTC = -1; + return (uint) secsSince1Jan1970UTC; +} + +/*! + \overload + + Convenience function that sets the date and time to local time + based on the given UTC time. +*/ + +void ExtDateTime::setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC ) +{ + setTime_t( secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::LocalTime ); +} + +/*! + Sets the date and time to \a ts time (\c TQt::LocalTime or \c + TQt::UTC) given the number of seconds that have passed since + 1970-01-01T00:00:00, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). On systems + that do not support timezones this function will behave as if + local time were UTC. + + On Windows, only a subset of \a secsSince1Jan1970UTC values are + supported, as Windows starts counting from 1980. + + \sa toTime_t() +*/ +void ExtDateTime::setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::TimeSpec ts ) +{ + time_t tmp = (time_t) secsSince1Jan1970UTC; + tm *brokenDown = 0; + +#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX) && defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS) + // posix compliant system + // use the reentrant versions of localtime() and gmtime() where available + tm res; + if ( ts == TQt::LocalTime ) + brokenDown = localtime_r( &tmp, &res ); + if ( !brokenDown ) { + brokenDown = gmtime_r( &tmp, &res ); + if ( !brokenDown ) { + d.setJD( ExtDate::GregorianToJD( 1970, 1, 1 ) ); + t.setHMS(0,0,0); + // t.ds = 0; + return; + } + } +#else + if ( ts == TQt::LocalTime ) + brokenDown = localtime( &tmp ); + if ( !brokenDown ) { + brokenDown = gmtime( &tmp ); + if ( !brokenDown ) { + d.setJD( ExtDate::GregorianToJD( 1970, 1, 1 ) ); +// t.ds = 0; + t.setHMS(0,0,0); + return; + } + } +#endif + + d.setJD( ExtDate::GregorianToJD( brokenDown->tm_year + 1900, + brokenDown->tm_mon + 1, + brokenDown->tm_mday ) ); + t.setHMS( brokenDown->tm_hour, brokenDown->tm_min, brokenDown->tm_sec ); +// t.ds = MSECS_PER_HOUR * brokenDown->tm_hour + +// MSECS_PER_MIN * brokenDown->tm_min + +// 1000 * brokenDown->tm_sec; +} +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING +#ifndef TQT_NO_SPRINTF +/*! + \overload + + Returns the datetime as a string. The \a f parameter determines + the format of the string. + + If \a f is \c Qt::TextDate, the string format is "Wed May 20 + 03:40:13 1998" (using ExtDate::shortDayName(), ExtDate::shortMonthName(), + and TQTime::toString() to generate the string, so the day and month + names will have localized names). + + If \a f is \c Qt::ISODate, the string format corresponds to the + ISO 8601 extended specification for representations of dates and + times, which is YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS. + + If \a f is \c Qt::LocalDate, the string format depends on the + locale settings of the system. + + If the format \a f is invalid or the datetime is invalid, toString() + returns a null string. + + \sa ExtDate::toString() TQTime::toString() +*/ + +TQString ExtDateTime::toString( Qt::DateFormat f ) const +{ + if ( !isValid() ) + return TQString(); + + if ( f == Qt::ISODate ) { + return d.toString( Qt::ISODate ) + "T" + t.toString( Qt::ISODate ); + } +#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE + else if ( f == Qt::TextDate ) { + return toString( "%a %b %e %Y %H:%M:%S" ); + } +#endif + else if ( f == Qt::LocalDate ) { + return toString( KGlobal::locale()->dateFormat() + + " " + KGlobal::locale()->timeFormat() ); + } + + return TQString(); +} +#endif + +TQString ExtDateTime::toString( const TQString& format ) const +{ + if ( !isValid() ) + return TQString(); + + //Parse the date portion of the format string + TQString result = date().toString( format ); + + //For the time format, use the following KDE format specs: + //Replace occurences of the following tokens with their + //corresponding values: + // + // %H Hour in 24h format, 2 digits + // %k Hour in 24h format, 1-2 digits + // %I Hour in 12h format, 2 digits + // %l Hour in 12h format, 1-2 digits + // %M Minute, 2 digits + // %S Seconds, 2 digits + // %p pm/am + + int h = time().hour(); + + result.replace( "%H", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", h ) ); + result.replace( "%k", TQString().sprintf( "%d", h ) ); + result.replace( "%I", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", ( h > 12 ) ? h-12 : h ) ); + result.replace( "%l", TQString().sprintf( "%d", ( h > 12 ) ? h-12 : h ) ); + result.replace( "%M", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", time().minute() ) ); + result.replace( "%S", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", time().second() ) ); + result.replace( "%p", TQString().sprintf( "%s", ( h > 12 ) ? "pm" : "am" ) ); + + return result; +} +#endif //TQT_NO_DATESTRING + +/*! + Returns a ExtDateTime object containing a datetime \a ndays days + later than the datetime of this object (or earlier if \a ndays is + negative). + + \sa daysTo(), addMonths(), addYears(), addSecs() +*/ + +ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::addDays( int ndays ) const +{ + return ExtDateTime( d.addDays(ndays), t ); +} + +/*! + Returns a ExtDateTime object containing a datetime \a nmonths months + later than the datetime of this object (or earlier if \a nmonths + is negative). + + \sa daysTo(), addDays(), addYears(), addSecs() +*/ + +ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::addMonths( int nmonths ) const +{ + return ExtDateTime( d.addMonths(nmonths), t ); +} + +/*! + Returns a ExtDateTime object containing a datetime \a nyears years + later than the datetime of this object (or earlier if \a nyears is + negative). + + \sa daysTo(), addDays(), addMonths(), addSecs() +*/ + +ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::addYears( int nyears ) const +{ + return ExtDateTime( d.addYears(nyears), t ); +} + +/*! + Returns a ExtDateTime object containing a datetime \a nsecs seconds + later than the datetime of this object (or earlier if \a nsecs is + negative). + + \sa secsTo(), addDays(), addMonths(), addYears() +*/ + +ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::addSecs( int nsecs ) const +{ + long int dd = d.jd(); + int tt = MSECS_PER_HOUR*t.hour() + MSECS_PER_MIN*t.minute() + 1000*t.second() + t.msec(); + tt += nsecs*1000; + + while ( tt < 0 ) { + tt += MSECS_PER_DAY; + --dd; + } + + while ( tt > int(MSECS_PER_DAY) ) { + tt -= MSECS_PER_DAY; + ++dd; + } + + ExtDateTime ret; + ret.setTime( TQTime().addMSecs( tt ) ); + ret.setDate( ExtDate( dd ) ); + + return ret; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of days from this datetime to \a dt (which is + negative if \a dt is earlier than this datetime). + + \sa addDays(), secsTo() +*/ + +int ExtDateTime::daysTo( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const +{ + return d.daysTo( dt.d ); +} + +/*! + Returns the number of seconds from this datetime to \a dt (which + is negative if \a dt is earlier than this datetime). + + Example: + \code + ExtDateTime dt = ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime(); + ExtDateTime xmas( ExtDate(dt.date().year(),12,24), TQTime(17,00) ); + kdDebug( ) << "There are " << dt.secsTo(xmas) << " seconds to Christmas" << endl; + \endcode + + \sa addSecs(), daysTo(), TQTime::secsTo() +*/ + +int ExtDateTime::secsTo( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const +{ + return t.secsTo(dt.t) + d.daysTo(dt.d)*SECS_PER_DAY; +} + + +/*! + Returns TRUE if this datetime is equal to \a dt; otherwise returns FALSE. + + \sa operator!=() +*/ + +bool ExtDateTime::operator==( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const +{ + return t == dt.t && d == dt.d; +} + +/*! + Returns TRUE if this datetime is different from \a dt; otherwise + returns FALSE. + + \sa operator==() +*/ + +bool ExtDateTime::operator!=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const +{ + return t != dt.t || d != dt.d; +} + +/*! + Returns TRUE if this datetime is earlier than \a dt; otherwise + returns FALSE. +*/ + +bool ExtDateTime::operator<( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const +{ + if ( d < dt.d ) + return true; + return d == dt.d ? t < dt.t : false; +} + +/*! + Returns TRUE if this datetime is earlier than or equal to \a dt; + otherwise returns FALSE. +*/ + +bool ExtDateTime::operator<=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const +{ + if ( d < dt.d ) + return true; + return d == dt.d ? t <= dt.t : false; +} + +/*! + Returns TRUE if this datetime is later than \a dt; otherwise + returns FALSE. +*/ + +bool ExtDateTime::operator>( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const +{ + if ( d > dt.d ) + return true; + return d == dt.d ? t > dt.t : false; +} + +/*! + Returns TRUE if this datetime is later than or equal to \a dt; + otherwise returns FALSE. +*/ + +bool ExtDateTime::operator>=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const +{ + if ( d > dt.d ) + return true; + return d == dt.d ? t >= dt.t : false; +} + +/*! + \overload + + Returns the current datetime, as reported by the system clock. + + \sa ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), TQTime::currentTime() +*/ + +ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime() +{ + return tqcurrentDateTime( Qt::LocalTime ); +} + +/*! + Returns the current datetime, as reported by the system clock, for the + TimeSpec \a ts. The default TimeSpec is LocalTime. + + \sa ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), TQTime::currentTime(), Qt::TimeSpec +*/ + +ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime( Qt::TimeSpec ts ) +{ + ExtDateTime dt; + dt.setDate( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(ts) ); + TQTime t = t.currentTime(ts); + if ( t.hour()==0 && t.minute()==0 ) // midnight or right after? + dt.setDate( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(ts) ); // fetch date again + dt.setTime( t ); + return dt; +} + +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING +/*! + Returns the ExtDateTime represented by the string \a s, using the + format \a f, or an invalid datetime if this is not possible. + + Note for \c Qt::TextDate: It is recommended that you use the + English short month names (e.g. "Jan"). Although localized month + names can also be used, they depend on the user's locale settings. + + \warning Note that \c Qt::LocalDate cannot be used here. +*/ +ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::fromString( const TQString& s ) +{ + ExtDateTime dtResult = ExtDateTime::fromString( s, Qt::TextDate ); + if ( dtResult.isValid() ) return dtResult; + + dtResult = ExtDateTime::fromString( s, Qt::ISODate ); + + if ( dtResult.isValid() ) return dtResult; + else return ExtDateTime(); //invalid +} + +ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::fromString( const TQString& s, Qt::DateFormat f ) +{ + ExtDateTime dt; + + if ( ( s.isEmpty() ) || ( f == Qt::LocalDate ) ) { +#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE) + qWarning( "ExtDateTime::fromString: Parameter out of range" ); +#endif + dt.d.setJD( INVALID_DAY ); + return dt; + } + + if ( f == Qt::ISODate ) { + if ( s.length() <= 10 || ! s.contains( ':' ) ) { //no time specified + TQTime t = TQTime(0,0,0); + return ExtDateTime( ExtDate::fromString( s.mid(0,10), Qt::ISODate ) ); + } else { + return ExtDateTime( ExtDate::fromString( s.mid(0,10), Qt::ISODate ), + TQTime::fromString( s.mid(11), Qt::ISODate ) ); + } + } +#if !defined(TQT_NO_REGEXP) && !defined(TQT_NO_TEXTDATE) + else if ( f == Qt::TextDate ) { + + //parse the time, if it exists. + TQTime time; + TQString sd = s; + int hour, minute, second; + int pivot = s.find( TQRegExp(TQString::tqfromLatin1("[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]")) ); + if ( pivot != -1 ) { + hour = s.mid( pivot, 2 ).toInt(); + minute = s.mid( pivot+3, 2 ).toInt(); + second = s.mid( pivot+6, 2 ).toInt(); + time.setHMS( hour, minute, second ); + + sd = s.left( pivot - 1 ); + } + + //sd is now just the date string. + ExtDate date = ExtDate::fromString( s, Qt::TextDate ); + return ExtDateTime( date, time ); + } + +#endif //TQT_NO_REGEXP + return ExtDateTime(); +} +#endif //TQT_NO_DATESTRING + + +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM +KDE_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream & ostream, const ExtDate & date) +{ + return ostream << (TQ_UINT32)(date.jd()); +} + +KDE_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream & ostream, ExtDate & date) +{ + TQ_UINT32 julday; + ostream >> julday; + date.setJD( julday ); + return ostream; +} + +KDE_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream & ostream, const ExtDateTime & dt) +{ + ostream << dt.d; + ostream << dt.t; + return ostream; +} + +KDE_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream & ostream, ExtDateTime & dt) +{ + ostream >> dt.d >> dt.t; + return ostream; +} + +#endif // TQT_NO_DATASTREAM diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ebe324f --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.h @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/************************************************************************* +** Definition of extended range date class +** (c) 2004 by Michel Guitel <michel.guitel@sap.ap-hop-paris.fr> +** modifications by Jason Harris <kstars@30doradus.org> +** +** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the +** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. +** +** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. +** +**********************************************************************/ + +#ifndef EXTDATETIME_H +#define EXTDATETIME_H + +#include <limits.h> +#include "tqstring.h" +#include "tqnamespace.h" +#include "tqdatetime.h" +#include <kdemacros.h> + +#define INVALID_DAY LONG_MIN + +class ExtDateTime; + +/***************************************************************************** + ExtDate class + *****************************************************************************/ + +extern void test2_unit(int y, int m, int d); + +class ExtDateTime; + +class KDE_EXPORT ExtDate +{ +public: + ExtDate() : m_jd(INVALID_DAY), m_year(0), m_month(0), m_day(0) {} + ExtDate( int y, int m, int d ); + ExtDate( const TQDate &q ) { ExtDate( q.year(), q.month(), q.day() ); } + ExtDate( long int jd ); + + bool isNull() const { return m_jd == INVALID_DAY; } + bool isValid() const; + + TQDate qdate() const; + + int year() const { return m_year; } + int month() const { return m_month; } + int day() const { return m_day; } + int dayOfWeek() const; + int dayOfYear() const; + int daysInMonth() const; + int daysInYear() const; + int weekNumber( int *yearNum = 0 ) const; + long int jd() const { return m_jd; } + +#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE +#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPAT + static TQString monthName( int month ) { return shortMonthName( month ); } + static TQString dayName( int weekday ) { return shortDayName( weekday ); } +#endif + static TQString shortMonthName( int month ); + static TQString shortDayName( int weekday ); + static TQString longMonthName( int month ); + static TQString longDayName( int weekday ); +#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTDATE +#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTSTRING +#if !defined(TQT_NO_SPRINTF) + TQString toString( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const; +#endif + TQString toString( const TQString& format ) const; +#endif + bool setYMD( int y, int m, int d ); + bool setJD( long int _jd ); + + ExtDate addDays( int days ) const; + ExtDate addMonths( int months ) const; + ExtDate addYears( int years ) const; + int daysTo( const ExtDate & ) const; + + bool operator==( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd == d.jd(); } + bool operator!=( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd != d.jd(); } + bool operator<( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd < d.jd(); } + bool operator<=( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd <= d.jd(); } + bool operator>( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd > d.jd(); } + bool operator>=( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd >= d.jd(); } + + static ExtDate tqcurrentDate( Qt::TimeSpec ts = Qt::LocalTime ); +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING + static ExtDate fromString( const TQString &s ); + static ExtDate fromString( const TQString &s, Qt::DateFormat f ); +#endif + static bool isValid( int y, int m, int d ); + static bool leapYear( int year ); + + static long int GregorianToJD( int y, int m, int d ); + static void JDToGregorian( long int jd, int &y, int &m, int &d ); + +private: + static int dayOfYear(int y, int m, int d); + + long int m_jd; + int m_year, m_month, m_day; + static uint m_monthLength[12]; + static uint m_monthOrigin[12]; + static TQString m_shortMonthNames[12]; + static TQString m_shortDayNames[7]; + static TQString m_longMonthNames[12]; + static TQString m_longDayNames[7]; + + friend class ExtDateTime; + +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM + friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const ExtDate & ); + friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, ExtDate & ); + friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const ExtDateTime & ); + friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, ExtDateTime & ); +#endif +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + ExtDateTime class + *****************************************************************************/ + +class KDE_EXPORT ExtDateTime +{ +public: + ExtDateTime() {} // set null date and null time + ExtDateTime( const ExtDate & ); + ExtDateTime( const ExtDate &, const TQTime & ); + + bool isNull() const { return d.isNull() && t.isNull(); } + bool isValid() const { return d.isValid() && t.isValid(); } + + ExtDate date() const { return d; } + TQTime time() const { return t; } + uint toTime_t() const; + void setDate( const ExtDate &date ) { d = date; } + void setTime( const TQTime &time ) { t = time; } + void setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC ); + void setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::TimeSpec ); +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING +#ifndef TQT_NO_SPRINTF + TQString toString( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const; +#endif + TQString toString( const TQString& format ) const; +#endif + ExtDateTime addDays( int days ) const; + ExtDateTime addMonths( int months ) const; + ExtDateTime addYears( int years ) const; + ExtDateTime addSecs( int secs ) const; + int daysTo( const ExtDateTime & ) const; + int secsTo( const ExtDateTime & ) const; + + bool operator==( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const; + bool operator!=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const; + bool operator<( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const; + bool operator<=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const; + bool operator>( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const; + bool operator>=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const; + + static ExtDateTime tqcurrentDateTime(); + static ExtDateTime tqcurrentDateTime( Qt::TimeSpec ); +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING + static ExtDateTime fromString( const TQString &s ); + static ExtDateTime fromString( const TQString &s, Qt::DateFormat f ); +#endif +private: + ExtDate d; + TQTime t; +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM + friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const ExtDateTime &); + friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, ExtDateTime & ); +#endif +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + Date and time stream functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM +TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const ExtDate & ); +TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, ExtDate & ); +#endif // TQT_NO_DATASTREAM + +#endif // EXTDATE_H + diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..796bd858 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2724 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** +** Implementation of date and time edit classes +** +** Created : 001103 +** +** Original qatetimeedit.cpp Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. +**>> ExtDate modifications (C) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> +** +** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the +** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. +** +** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. +** +** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. +** +**********************************************************************/ + +//DEBUG +#include <kdebug.h> + +#include "extdatetimeedit.h" + +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATETIMEEDIT + +//#include "../kernel/tqinternal_p.h" +//#include "../kernel/tqrichtext_p.h" +#include <tqinternal_p.h> +#include <tqrichtext_p.h> +#include <tqrangecontrol.h> +#include <tqapplication.h> +#include <tqpixmap.h> +#include <tqapplication.h> +#include <tqvaluelist.h> +#include <tqstring.h> +#include <tqstyle.h> +#include <tqdatetimeedit.h> //need for TQTimeEdit + +#define EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR '0' + +static TQString *lDateSep = 0; +static TQString *lTimeSep = 0; +static bool lAMPM = FALSE; +static TQString *lAM = 0; +static TQString *lPM = 0; +static ExtDateEdit::Order lOrder = ExtDateEdit::YMD; +static int refcount = 0; + +static void cleanup() +{ + delete lDateSep; + lDateSep = 0; + delete lTimeSep; + lTimeSep = 0; + delete lAM; + lAM = 0; + delete lPM; + lPM = 0; +} + +/*! +\internal +try to get the order of DMY and the date/time separator from the locale settings +*/ +static void readLocaleSettings() +{ + int dpos, mpos, ypos; + cleanup(); + + lDateSep = new TQString(); + lTimeSep = new TQString(); + +#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN) + TQT_WA( { + TCHAR data[10]; + GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_SDATE, data, 10 ); + *lDateSep = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data ); + GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_STIME, data, 10 ); + *lTimeSep = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data ); + GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_ITIME, data, 10 ); + lAMPM = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data ).toInt()==0; + GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_S1159, data, 10 ); + TQString am = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data ); + if ( !am.isEmpty() ) + lAM = new TQString( am ); + GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_S2359, data, 10 ); + TQString pm = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data ); + if ( !pm.isEmpty() ) + lPM = new TQString( pm ); + } , { + char data[10]; + GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_SDATE, (char*)&data, 10 ); + *lDateSep = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data ); + GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_STIME, (char*)&data, 10 ); + *lTimeSep = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data ); + GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_ITIME, (char*)&data, 10 ); + lAMPM = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data ).toInt()==0; + GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_S1159, (char*)&data, 10 ); + TQString am = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data ); + if ( !am.isEmpty() ) + lAM = new TQString( am ); + GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_S2359, (char*)&data, 10 ); + TQString pm = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data ); + if ( !pm.isEmpty() ) + lPM = new TQString( pm ); + } ); +#else + *lDateSep = "-"; + *lTimeSep = ":"; +#endif + TQString d = ExtDate( 1999, 11, 22 ).toString( Qt::LocalDate ); + dpos = d.find( "22" ); + mpos = d.find( "11" ); + ypos = d.find( "99" ); + if ( dpos > -1 && mpos > -1 && ypos > -1 ) { + // test for DMY, MDY, YMD, YDM + if ( dpos < mpos && mpos < ypos ) { + lOrder = ExtDateEdit::DMY; + } else if ( mpos < dpos && dpos < ypos ) { + lOrder = ExtDateEdit::MDY; + } else if ( ypos < mpos && mpos < dpos ) { + lOrder = ExtDateEdit::YMD; + } else if ( ypos < dpos && dpos < mpos ) { + lOrder = ExtDateEdit::YDM; + } else { + // cannot determine the dateformat - use the default + return; + } + + // this code needs to change if new formats are added + +#ifndef TQ_WS_WIN + TQString sep = d.mid( TQMIN( dpos, mpos ) + 2, TQABS( dpos - mpos ) - 2 ); + if ( d.contains( sep ) == 2 ) { + *lDateSep = sep; + } +#endif + } + +#ifndef TQ_WS_WIN + TQString t = TQTime( 11, 22, 33 ).toString( Qt::LocalDate ); + dpos = t.find( "11" ); + mpos = t.find( "22" ); + ypos = t.find( "33" ); + // We only allow hhmmss + if ( dpos > -1 && dpos < mpos && mpos < ypos ) { + TQString sep = t.mid( dpos + 2, mpos - dpos - 2 ); + if ( sep == t.mid( mpos + 2, ypos - mpos - 2 ) ) { + *lTimeSep = sep; + } + } +#endif +} + +static ExtDateEdit::Order localOrder() { + if ( !lDateSep ) { + readLocaleSettings(); + } + return lOrder; +} + +static TQString localDateSep() { + if ( !lDateSep ) { + readLocaleSettings(); + } + return *lDateSep; +} + +static TQString localTimeSep() { + if ( !lTimeSep ) { + readLocaleSettings(); + } + return *lTimeSep; +} + +class ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate +{ +public: + ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate() + : frm( TRUE ), + parag( new TQTextParagraph( 0, 0, 0, FALSE ) ), + focusSec(0) + { + parag->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE ); + cursor = new TQTextCursor( 0 ); + cursor->setParagraph( parag ); + offset = 0; + sep = localDateSep(); + refcount++; + } + ~ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate() + { + delete parag; + delete cursor; + if ( !--refcount ) + cleanup(); + } + + void appendSection( const TQNumberSection& sec ) + { + sections.append( sec ); + + } + void clearSections() + { + sections.clear(); + } + void setSectionSelection( int sec, int selstart, int selend ) + { + if ( sec < 0 || sec > (int)sections.count() ) + return; + sections[sec].setSelectionStart( selstart ); + sections[sec].setSelectionEnd( selend ); + } + uint sectionCount() const { return (uint)sections.count(); } + void setSeparator( const TQString& s ) { sep = s; } + TQString separator() const { return sep; } + + void setFrame( bool f ) { frm = f; } + bool frame() const { return frm; } + + int focusSection() const { return focusSec; } + int section( const TQPoint& p ) + { + cursor->place( p + TQPoint( offset, 0 ), parag ); + int idx = cursor->index(); + for ( uint i = 0; i < sections.count(); ++i ) { + if ( idx >= sections[i].selectionStart() && + idx <= sections[i].selectionEnd() ) + return i; + } + return -1; + } + TQNumberSection section( int idx ) const + { + return sections[idx]; + } + bool setFocusSection( int idx ) + { + if ( idx > (int)sections.count()-1 || idx < 0 ) + return FALSE; + if ( idx != focusSec ) { + focusSec = idx; + applyFocusSelection(); + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; + } + + bool inSectionSelection( int idx ) + { + for ( uint i = 0; i < sections.count(); ++i ) { + if ( idx >= sections[i].selectionStart() && + idx <= sections[i].selectionEnd() ) + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; + } + + void paint( const TQString& txt, bool focus, TQPainter& p, + const TQColorGroup& cg, const TQRect& rect, TQStyle& style ) + { + int fw = 0; + if ( frm ) + fw = style.tqpixelMetric(TQStyle::PM_DefaultFrameWidth); + + parag->truncate( 0 ); + parag->append( txt ); + if ( !focus ) + parag->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ); + else { + applyFocusSelection(); + } + + /* color all EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR chars to background color */ + TQTextFormat *fb = parag->formatCollection()->format( p.font(), + cg.base() ); + TQTextFormat *nf = parag->formatCollection()->format( p.font(), + cg.text() ); + for ( uint i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i ) { + parag->setFormat( i, 1, nf ); + if ( inSectionSelection( i ) ) + continue; + if ( txt.at(i) == EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR ) + parag->setFormat( i, 1, fb ); + else + parag->setFormat( i, 1, nf ); + } + fb->removeRef(); + nf->removeRef(); + + TQRect r( rect.x(), rect.y(), rect.width() - 2 * ( 2 + fw ), rect.height() ); + parag->pseudoDocument()->docRect = r; + parag->tqinvalidate(0); + parag->format(); + + int xoff = 2 + fw - offset; + int yoff = ( rect.height() - parag->rect().height() + 1 ) / 2; + if ( yoff < 0 ) + yoff = 0; + + p.translate( xoff, yoff ); + parag->paint( p, cg, 0, TRUE ); + if ( frm ) + p.translate( -xoff, -yoff ); + } + + void resize( const TQSize& size ) { sz = size; } + + int mapSection( int sec ) + { + return sections[sec].index(); + } + +protected: + void applyFocusSelection() + { + if ( focusSec > -1 ) { + int selstart = sections[ focusSec ].selectionStart(); + int selend = sections[ focusSec ].selectionEnd(); + parag->setSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, selstart, selend ); + parag->format(); + if ( parag->at( selstart )->x < offset || + parag->at( selend )->x + parag->string()->width( selend ) > offset + sz.width() ) { + offset = parag->at( selstart )->x; + } + } + } +private: + bool frm; + TQTextParagraph *parag; + TQTextCursor *cursor; + TQSize sz; + int focusSec; + TQValueList< TQNumberSection > sections; + TQString sep; + int offset; +}; + +/*! + Constructs an empty datetime editor with parent \a parent and + called \a name. +*/ +ExtDateTimeEditor::ExtDateTimeEditor( ExtDateTimeEditBase * parent, + const char * name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name, WNoAutoErase ) +{ + d = new ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate(); + cw = parent; + init(); +} + +/*! + Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. +*/ + +ExtDateTimeEditor::~ExtDateTimeEditor() +{ + delete d; +} + +/*! \internal + +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEditor::init() +{ + setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase ); + setFocusSection( -1 ); + installEventFilter( this ); + setFocusPolicy( TQ_WheelFocus ); +} + + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +bool ExtDateTimeEditor::event( TQEvent *e ) +{ + if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn || e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) { + if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) + tqApp->sendEvent( cw, e ); + update( rect() ); + } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::AccelOverride ) { + TQKeyEvent* ke = (TQKeyEvent*) e; + switch ( ke->key() ) { + case Key_Delete: + case Key_Backspace: + case Key_Up: + case Key_Down: + case Key_Left: + case Key_Right: + ke->accept(); + default: + break; + } + } + return TQWidget::event( e ); +} + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEditor::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e ) +{ + d->resize( e->size() ); + TQWidget::resizeEvent( e ); +} + + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEditor::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) +{ + TQString txt; + for ( uint i = 0; i < d->sectionCount(); ++i ) { + txt += cw->sectionFormattedText( i ); + if ( i < d->sectionCount()-1 ) { + if ( d->section( i+1 ).separator() ) + txt += d->separator(); + else + txt += " "; + } + } + + TQSharedDoubleBuffer buffer( this ); + const TQBrush &bg = + tqcolorGroup().brush( isEnabled() ? TQColorGroup::Base : TQColorGroup::Background ); + buffer.painter()->fillRect( 0, 0, width(), height(), bg ); + d->paint( txt, hasFocus(), *buffer.painter(), tqcolorGroup(), rect(), + tqstyle() ); + buffer.end(); +} + + +/*! + Returns the section index at point \a p. +*/ +int ExtDateTimeEditor::sectionAt( const TQPoint &p ) +{ + return d->section( p ); +} + +int ExtDateTimeEditor::mapSection( int sec ) +{ + return d->mapSection( sec ); +} + + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEditor::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) +{ + TQPoint p( e->pos().x(), 0 ); + int sec = sectionAt( p ); + if ( sec != -1 ) { + cw->setFocusSection( sec ); + tqrepaint( rect(), FALSE ); + } +} + +/*! \reimp + +*/ +bool ExtDateTimeEditor::eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e ) +{ + if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(this) ) { + if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) { + TQKeyEvent *ke = (TQKeyEvent*)e; + switch ( ke->key() ) { + case Key_Right: + if ( d->focusSection() < (int)d->sectionCount()-1 ) { + if ( cw->setFocusSection( focusSection()+1 ) ) + tqrepaint( rect(), FALSE ); + } + return TRUE; + case Key_Left: + if ( d->focusSection() > 0 ) { + if ( cw->setFocusSection( focusSection()-1 ) ) + tqrepaint( rect(), FALSE ); + } + return TRUE; + case Key_Up: + cw->stepUp(); + return TRUE; + case Key_Down: + cw->stepDown(); + return TRUE; + case Key_Backspace: + if ( ::tqqt_cast<ExtDateEdit*>(cw) ) + ((ExtDateEdit*)cw)->removeFirstNumber( d->focusSection() ); + else if ( ::tqqt_cast<TQTimeEdit*>(cw) ) + ((TQTimeEdit*)cw)->removeFirstNumber( d->focusSection() ); + return TRUE; + case Key_Delete: + cw->removeLastNumber( d->focusSection() ); + return TRUE; + case Key_Tab: + case Key_BackTab: { + if ( ke->state() == TQt::ControlButton ) + return FALSE; + + TQWidget *w = this; + bool hadDateEdit = FALSE; + while ( w ) { + if ( ::tqqt_cast<ExtDateTimeSpinWidget*>(w) && qstrcmp( w->name(), "qt_spin_widget" ) != 0 || + ::tqqt_cast<ExtDateTimeEdit*>(w) ) + break; + hadDateEdit = hadDateEdit || ::tqqt_cast<ExtDateEdit*>(w); + w = w->parentWidget(); + } + + if ( w ) { + if ( !::tqqt_cast<ExtDateTimeEdit*>(w) ) { + w = w->parentWidget(); + } else { + ExtDateTimeEdit *ed = (ExtDateTimeEdit*)w; + if ( hadDateEdit && ke->key() == Key_Tab ) { + ed->timeEdit()->setFocus(); + return TRUE; + } else if ( !hadDateEdit && ke->key() == Key_BackTab ) { + ed->dateEdit()->setFocus(); + return TRUE; + } else { + while ( w && !::tqqt_cast<ExtDateTimeEdit*>(w) ) + w = w->parentWidget(); + } + } + + tqApp->sendEvent( w, e ); + return TRUE; + } + } break; + default: + TQString txt = TQString(ke->text()).lower(); + if ( !txt.isEmpty() && !separator().isEmpty() && txt[0] == separator()[0] ) { + // do the same thing as KEY_RIGHT when the user presses the separator key + if ( d->focusSection() < 2 ) { + if ( cw->setFocusSection( focusSection()+1 ) ) + tqrepaint( rect(), FALSE ); + } + return TRUE; + } else if ( !txt.isEmpty() && ::tqqt_cast<TQTimeEdit*>(cw) && focusSection() == (int) d->sectionCount()-1 ) { + // the first character of the AM/PM indicator toggles if the section has focus + TQTimeEdit *te = (TQTimeEdit*)cw; + TQTime time = te->time(); + if ( lAMPM && lAM && lPM && (te->display()&TQTimeEdit::AMPM) ) { + if ( txt[0] == (*lAM).lower()[0] && time.hour() >= 12 ) { + time.setHMS( time.hour()-12, time.minute(), time.second(), time.msec() ); + te->setTime( time ); + } else if ( txt[0] == (*lPM).lower()[0] && time.hour() < 12 ) { + time.setHMS( time.hour()+12, time.minute(), time.second(), time.msec() ); + te->setTime( time ); + } + } + } + + int num = txt[0].digitValue(); + if ( num != -1 ) { + cw->addNumber( d->focusSection(), num ); + return TRUE; + } + } + } + } + return FALSE; +} + + +/*! + Appends the number section \a sec to the editor. +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEditor::appendSection( const TQNumberSection& sec ) +{ + d->appendSection( sec ); +} + +/*! + Removes all sections from the editor. +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEditor::clearSections() +{ + d->clearSections(); +} + +/*! + Sets the selection of \a sec to start at \a selstart and end at \a + selend. +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEditor::setSectionSelection( int sec, int selstart, int selend ) +{ + d->setSectionSelection( sec, selstart, selend ); +} + +/*! + Sets the separator for all numbered sections to \a s. Note that + currently, only the first character of \a s is used. +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEditor::setSeparator( const TQString& s ) +{ + d->setSeparator( s ); + update(); +} + + +/*! + Returns the editor's separator. +*/ + +TQString ExtDateTimeEditor::separator() const +{ + return d->separator(); +} + +/*! + Returns the number of the section that has focus. +*/ + +int ExtDateTimeEditor::focusSection() const +{ + return d->focusSection(); +} + + +/*! + Sets the focus to section \a sec. If \a sec does not exist, + nothing happens. +*/ + +bool ExtDateTimeEditor::setFocusSection( int sec ) +{ + return d->setFocusSection( sec ); +} + +/*! \class ExtDateTimeEditBase ExtDatetimeedit.h + \brief The ExtDateTimeEditBase class provides an abstraction for date and edit editors. + \internal + + Small abstract class that provides some functions that are common + for both ExtDateEdit and TQTimeEdit. Its used internally by + ExtDateTimeEditor. +*/ + +/*! \fn TQString ExtDateTimeEditBase::sectionFormattedText( int sec ) + \internal + + Pure virtual function which returns the formatted text of section \a + sec. + +*/ + +/*! \fn void ExtDateTimeEditBase::stepUp() + \internal + + Pure virtual slot which is called whenever the user increases the + number in a section by pressing the widget's arrow buttons or the + keyboard's arrow keys. +*/ + +/*! \fn void ExtDateTimeEditBase::stepDown() + \internal + + Pure virtual slot which is called whenever the user decreases the + number in a section by pressing the widget's arrow buttons or the + keyboard's arrow keys. + +*/ + +/*! \fn void ExtDateTimeEditBase::addNumber( int sec, int num ) + \internal + + Pure virtual function which is called whenever the user types a number. + \a sec indicates the section where the number should be added. \a + num is the number that was pressed. +*/ + +/*! \fn void ExtDateTimeEditBase::removeLastNumber( int sec ) + \internal + + Pure virtual function which is called whenever the user tries to + remove the last number from \a sec by pressing the delete key. +*/ + +//////////////// + +class ExtDateEditPrivate +{ +public: + int y; + int m; + int d; + // remebers the last entry for the day. + // if the day is 31 and you cycle through the months, + // the day will be 31 again if you reach a month with 31 days + // otherwise it will be the highest day in the month + int dayCache; + int yearSection; + int monthSection; + int daySection; + ExtDateEdit::Order ord; + bool overwrite; + bool adv; + int timerId; + bool typing; + ExtDate min; + ExtDate max; + bool changed; + ExtDateTimeEditor *ed; + TQSpinWidget *controls; +}; + + +/*! + \class ExtDateEdit ExtDatetimeedit.h + \brief The ExtDateEdit class provides a date editor. + + \ingroup advanced + \ingroup time + + ExtDateEdit allows the user to edit dates by using the keyboard or + the arrow keys to increase/decrease date values. The arrow keys + can be used to move from section to section within the ExtDateEdit + box. Dates appear in accordance with the local date/time settings + or in year, month, day order if the system doesn't provide this + information. It is recommended that the ExtDateEdit be initialised + with a date, e.g. + + \code + ExtDateEdit *dateEdit = new ExtDateEdit( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), this ); + dateEdit->setRange( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate().addDays( -365 ), + ExtDate::tqcurrentDate().addDays( 365 ) ); + dateEdit->setOrder( ExtDateEdit::MDY ); + dateEdit->setAutoAdvance( TRUE ); + \endcode + + Here we've created a new ExtDateEdit object initialised with today's + date and restricted the valid date range to today plus or minus + 365 days. We've set the order to month, day, year. If the auto + advance property is TRUE (as we've set it here) when the user + completes a section of the date, e.g. enters two digits for the + month, they are automatically taken to the next section. + + The maximum and minimum values for a date value in the date editor + default to the maximum and minimum values for a ExtDate. You can + change this by calling setMinValue(), setMaxValue() or setRange(). + + Terminology: A ExtDateEdit widget comprises three 'sections', one + each for the year, month and day. You can change the separator + character using ExtDateTimeEditor::setSeparator(), by default the + separator will be taken from the systems settings. If that is + not possible, it defaults to "-". + + \image html datetimewidgets.png "Date Time Widgets" + + \sa ExtDate TQTimeEdit ExtDateTimeEdit +*/ + +/*! + \enum ExtDateEdit::Order + + This enum defines the order in which the sections that comprise a + date appear. + +*/ + + +/*! + \enum TQTimeEdit::Display + + This enum defines the sections that comprise a time + + \value Hours The hours section + \value Minutes The minutes section + \value Seconds The seconds section + \value AMPM The AM/PM section + + The values can be or'ed together to show any combination. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs an empty date editor which is a child of \a parent and + called name \a name. +*/ + +ExtDateEdit::ExtDateEdit( TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) + : ExtDateTimeEditBase( parent, name ) +{ + init(); + updateButtons(); +} + +/*! + \overload + + Constructs a date editor with the initial value \a date, parent \a + parent and called \a name. + + The date editor is initialized with \a date. +*/ + +ExtDateEdit::ExtDateEdit( const ExtDate& date, TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) + : ExtDateTimeEditBase( parent, name ) +{ + init(); + setDate( date ); +} + +/*! \internal +*/ +void ExtDateEdit::init() +{ + d = new ExtDateEditPrivate(); + d->controls = new ExtDateTimeSpinWidget( this, + qstrcmp( name(), "qt_datetime_dateedit" ) == 0 ? + "qt_spin_widget" : "date edit controls" ); + d->ed = new ExtDateTimeEditor( this, "date editor" ); + d->controls->setEditWidget( d->ed ); + setFocusProxy( d->ed ); + connect( d->controls, TQT_SIGNAL( stepUpPressed() ), TQT_SLOT( stepUp() ) ); + connect( d->controls, TQT_SIGNAL( stepDownPressed() ), TQT_SLOT( stepDown() ) ); + connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL( valueChanged(const ExtDate&) ), + TQT_SLOT( updateButtons() ) ); + d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,4 ) ); + d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 5,7 ) ); + d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 8,10 ) ); + + d->yearSection = -1; + d->monthSection = -1; + d->daySection = -1; + + d->y = 0; + d->m = 0; + d->d = 0; + d->dayCache = 0; + setOrder( localOrder() ); + setFocusSection( 0 ); + d->overwrite = TRUE; + d->adv = FALSE; + d->timerId = 0; + d->typing = FALSE; + d->min = ExtDate( -50000, 1, 1 ); + d->max = ExtDate( 50000, 12, 31 ); + d->changed = FALSE; + + tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ); + + refcount++; +} + +/*! + Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. +*/ + +ExtDateEdit::~ExtDateEdit() +{ + delete d; + if ( !--refcount ) + cleanup(); +} + +/*! + \property ExtDateEdit::minValue + + \brief the editor's minimum value + + Setting the minimum date value is equivalent to calling + ExtDateEdit::setRange( \e d, maxValue() ), where \e d is the minimum + date. The default minimum date is 1752-09-14. + + \sa maxValue setRange() +*/ + +ExtDate ExtDateEdit::minValue() const +{ + return d->min; +} + +/*! + \property ExtDateEdit::maxValue + + \brief the editor's maximum value + + Setting the maximum date value for the editor is equivalent to + calling ExtDateEdit::setRange( minValue(), \e d ), where \e d is the + maximum date. The default maximum date is 8000-12-31. + + \sa minValue setRange() +*/ + +ExtDate ExtDateEdit::maxValue() const +{ + return d->max; +} + + +/*! + Sets the valid input range for the editor to be from \a min to \a + max inclusive. If \a min is invalid no minimum date will be set. + Similarly, if \a max is invalid no maximum date will be set. +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::setRange( const ExtDate& min, const ExtDate& max ) +{ + if ( min.isValid() ) + d->min = min; + if ( max.isValid() ) + d->max = max; +} + +/*! + Sets the separator to \a s. Note that currently only the first + character of \a s is used. +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::setSeparator( const TQString& s ) +{ + d->ed->setSeparator( s ); +} + +/*! + Returns the editor's separator. +*/ + +TQString ExtDateEdit::separator() const +{ + return d->ed->separator(); +} + + +/*! + Enables/disables the push buttons according to the min/max date + for this widget. +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::updateButtons() +{ + if ( !isEnabled() ) + return; + + fix(); + + bool upEnabled = date() < maxValue(); + bool downEnabled = date() > minValue(); + + d->controls->setUpEnabled( upEnabled ); + d->controls->setDownEnabled( downEnabled ); +} + +/*! \reimp + */ +void ExtDateEdit::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ) +{ + d->controls->resize( width(), height() ); +} + +/*! \reimp + +*/ +TQSize ExtDateEdit::tqsizeHint() const +{ + constPolish(); + TQFontMetrics fm( font() ); + int fw = tqstyle().tqpixelMetric( TQStyle::PM_DefaultFrameWidth, this ); + int h = TQMAX( fm.lineSpacing(), 14 ) + 2; + int w = 2 + fm.width( '9' ) * 8 + fm.width( d->ed->separator() ) * 2 + + d->controls->upRect().width() + fw * 4; + + return TQSize( w, TQMAX(h + fw * 2,20) ).expandedTo( TQApplication::globalStrut() ); +} + +/*! \reimp + +*/ +TQSize ExtDateEdit::tqminimumSizeHint() const +{ + return tqsizeHint(); +} + + +/*! + Returns the formatted number for section \a sec. This will + correspond to either the year, month or day section, depending on + the current display order. + + \sa setOrder() +*/ + +TQString ExtDateEdit::sectionFormattedText( int sec ) +{ + TQString txt; + txt = sectionText( sec ); + if ( d->typing && sec == d->ed->focusSection() ) + d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, sectionOffsetEnd( sec ) - txt.length(), + sectionOffsetEnd( sec ) ); + else + d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, sectionOffsetEnd( sec ) - sectionLength( sec ), + sectionOffsetEnd( sec ) ); + + txt = txt.rightJustify( sectionLength( sec ), EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR ); + return txt; +} + + +/*! + Returns the desired length (number of digits) of section \a sec. + This will correspond to either the year, month or day section, + depending on the current display order. + + \sa setOrder() +*/ + +int ExtDateEdit::sectionLength( int sec ) const +{ + int val = 0; + if ( sec == d->yearSection ) + val = 4; + else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) + val = 2; + else if ( sec == d->daySection ) + val = 2; + + return val; +} + +/*! + Returns the text of section \a sec. This will correspond to either + the year, month or day section, depending on the current display + order. + + \sa setOrder() +*/ + +TQString ExtDateEdit::sectionText( int sec ) const +{ + int val = 0; + if ( sec == d->yearSection ) + val = d->y; + else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) + val = d->m; + else if ( sec == d->daySection ) + val = d->d; + + return TQString::number( val ); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the end of the section offset \a sec. + +*/ + +int ExtDateEdit::sectionOffsetEnd( int sec ) const +{ + if ( sec == d->yearSection ) { + switch( d->ord ) { + case DMY: + case MDY: + return sectionOffsetEnd( sec-1) + separator().length() + sectionLength( sec ); + case YMD: + case YDM: + return sectionLength( sec ); + } + } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) { + switch( d->ord ) { + case DMY: + case YDM: + case YMD: + return sectionOffsetEnd( sec-1) + separator().length() + sectionLength( sec ); + case MDY: + return sectionLength( sec ); + } + } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) { + switch( d->ord ) { + case DMY: + return sectionLength( sec ); + case YMD: + case MDY: + case YDM: + return sectionOffsetEnd( sec-1 ) + separator().length() + sectionLength( sec ); + } + } + return 0; +} + + +/*! + \property ExtDateEdit::order + \brief the order in which the year, month and day appear + + The default order is locale dependent. + + \sa Order +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::setOrder( ExtDateEdit::Order order ) +{ + d->ord = order; + switch( d->ord ) { + case DMY: + d->yearSection = 2; + d->monthSection = 1; + d->daySection = 0; + break; + case MDY: + d->yearSection = 2; + d->monthSection = 0; + d->daySection = 1; + break; + case YMD: + d->yearSection = 0; + d->monthSection = 1; + d->daySection = 2; + break; + case YDM: + d->yearSection = 0; + d->monthSection = 2; + d->daySection = 1; + break; + } + + if ( isVisible() ) + d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +} + + +ExtDateEdit::Order ExtDateEdit::order() const +{ + return d->ord; +} + + +/*! \reimp + +*/ +void ExtDateEdit::stepUp() +{ + int sec = d->ed->focusSection(); + bool accepted = FALSE; + if ( sec == d->yearSection ) { + if ( !outOfRange( d->y+1, d->m, d->d ) ) { + accepted = TRUE; + setYear( d->y+1 ); + } + } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) { + if ( !outOfRange( d->y, d->m+1, d->d ) ) { + accepted = TRUE; + setMonth( d->m+1 ); + } + } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) { + if ( !outOfRange( d->y, d->m, d->d+1 ) ) { + accepted = TRUE; + setDay( d->d+1 ); + } + } + if ( accepted ) { + d->changed = TRUE; + emit valueChanged( date() ); + } + + d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +} + + + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::stepDown() +{ + int sec = d->ed->focusSection(); + bool accepted = FALSE; + if ( sec == d->yearSection ) { + if ( !outOfRange( d->y-1, d->m, d->d ) ) { + accepted = TRUE; + setYear( d->y-1 ); + } + } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) { + if ( !outOfRange( d->y, d->m-1, d->d ) ) { + accepted = TRUE; + setMonth( d->m-1 ); + } + } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) { + if ( !outOfRange( d->y, d->m, d->d-1 ) ) { + accepted = TRUE; + setDay( d->d-1 ); + } + } + if ( accepted ) { + d->changed = TRUE; + emit valueChanged( date() ); + } + + d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +} + +/*! + Sets the year to \a year, which must be a valid year. The range + currently supported is from 1752 to 8000. + + \sa ExtDate +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::setYear( int year ) +{ + if ( !outOfRange( year, d->m, d->d ) ) { + d->y = year; + setMonth( d->m ); + } +} + + +/*! + Sets the month to \a month, which must be a valid month, i.e. + between 1 and 12. +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::setMonth( int month ) +{ + if ( month < 1 ) + month = 1; + if ( month > 12 ) + month = 12; + if ( !outOfRange( d->y, month, d->d ) ) { + d->m = month; + setDay( d->d ); + } +} + + +/*! + Sets the day to \a day, which must be a valid day. The function + will ensure that the \a day set is valid for the month and year. +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::setDay( int day ) +{ + ExtDate test = ExtDate( d->y, d->m, 1 ); + + if ( day < 1 ) + day = 1; + if ( day > test.daysInMonth() ) + day = test.daysInMonth(); + + d->dayCache = d->d; + d->d = day; +} + + +/*! + \property ExtDateEdit::date + \brief the editor's date value. + + If the date property is not valid, the editor displays all zeroes + and ExtDateEdit::date() will return an invalid date. It is strongly + recommended that the editor is given a default date value (e.g. + tqcurrentDate()). That way, attempts to set the date property to an + invalid date will fail. + + When changing the date property, if the date is less than + minValue(), or is greater than maxValue(), nothing happens. +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::setDate( const ExtDate& date ) +{ + if ( !date.isValid() ) { + d->y = 0; + d->m = 0; + d->d = 0; + d->dayCache = 0; + } else { + if ( date > maxValue() || date < minValue() ) + return; + d->y = date.year(); + d->m = date.month(); + d->d = date.day(); + d->dayCache = d->d; + emit valueChanged( date ); + } + d->changed = FALSE; + d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +} + +ExtDate ExtDateEdit::date() const +{ + if ( ExtDate::isValid( d->y, d->m, d->d ) ) + return ExtDate( d->y, d->m, d->d ); + return ExtDate(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns TRUE if \a y, \a m, \a d is out of range, otherwise returns + FALSE. + + \sa setRange() + +*/ + +bool ExtDateEdit::outOfRange( int y, int m, int d ) const +{ + if ( ExtDate::isValid( y, m, d ) ) { + ExtDate tqcurrentDate( y, m, d ); + if ( tqcurrentDate > maxValue() || tqcurrentDate < minValue() ) { + //## outOfRange should set overwrite? + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; + } + return FALSE; /* assume ok */ +} + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::addNumber( int sec, int num ) +{ + if ( sec == -1 ) + return; + killTimer( d->timerId ); + bool overwrite = FALSE; + bool accepted = FALSE; + d->typing = TRUE; + TQString txt; + if ( sec == d->yearSection ) { + if ( d->overwrite ) { + d->y = num; + d->overwrite = FALSE; + accepted = TRUE; + } else { + txt = TQString::number( 10*d->y + num ); + if ( txt.length() > 5 ) txt = txt.mid(1); + d->y = txt.toInt(); + accepted = TRUE; + } +/* + txt = TQString::number( d->y ); + if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 4 ) { + accepted = TRUE; + d->y = num; + } else { + txt += TQString::number( num ); + if ( txt.length() == 4 ) { + int val = txt.toInt(); + if ( val < 1792 ) + d->y = 1792; + else if ( val > 8000 ) + d->y = 8000; + else if ( outOfRange( val, d->m, d->d ) ) + txt = TQString::number( d->y ); + else { + accepted = TRUE; + d->y = val; + } + } else { + accepted = TRUE; + d->y = txt.toInt(); + } + if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 4 ) { + d->ed->setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 ); + overwrite = TRUE; + } + } +*/ + } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) { + txt = TQString::number( d->m ); + if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) { + accepted = TRUE; + d->m = num; + } else { + txt += TQString::number( num ); + int temp = txt.toInt(); + if ( temp > 12 ) + temp = num; + if ( outOfRange( d->y, temp, d->d ) ) + txt = TQString::number( d->m ); + else { + accepted = TRUE; + d->m = temp; + } + if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) { + d->ed->setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 ); + overwrite = TRUE; + } + } + } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) { + txt = TQString::number( d->d ); + if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) { + accepted = TRUE; + d->d = num; + d->dayCache = d->d; + } else { + txt += TQString::number( num ); + int temp = txt.toInt(); + if ( temp > 31 ) + temp = num; + if ( outOfRange( d->y, d->m, temp ) ) + txt = TQString::number( d->d ); + else { + accepted = TRUE; + d->d = temp; + d->dayCache = d->d; + } + if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) { + d->ed->setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 ); + overwrite = TRUE; + } + } + } + if ( accepted ) { + d->changed = TRUE; + emit valueChanged( date() ); + } + d->overwrite = overwrite; + d->timerId = startTimer( tqApp->doubleClickInterval()*4 ); + d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +} + + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +bool ExtDateEdit::setFocusSection( int s ) +{ + if ( s != d->ed->focusSection() ) { + killTimer( d->timerId ); + d->overwrite = TRUE; + d->typing = FALSE; + fix(); // will emit valueChanged if necessary + } + return d->ed->setFocusSection( s ); +} + + +/*! + Attempts to fix any invalid date entries. + + The rules applied are as follows: + + - if the day is larger than the number of days in the month, + - it is reset to that number + - If the year has four digits it is left unchanged. + - If the year has two digits, the year will be changed to four + digits in the range current year - 70 to current year + 29. + - If the year has three digits in the range 100..999, the + current millennium, i.e. 2000, will be added giving a year + in the range 2100..2999. + +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::fix() +{ + bool changed = FALSE; + + ExtDate test = ExtDate( d->y, d->m, 1 ); + if ( d->d > test.daysInMonth() ) { + + d->d = test.daysInMonth(); + changed = TRUE; + } + + int currentYear = ExtDate::tqcurrentDate().year(); + int year = d->y; +/* No longer valid for extended dates + if ( year < 100 ) { + int currentCentury = currentYear / 100; + year += currentCentury * 100; + if ( currentYear > year ) { + if ( currentYear > year + 70 ) + year += 100; + } else { + if ( year >= currentYear + 30 ) + year -= 100; + } + changed = TRUE; + } else if ( year < 1000 ) { + int currentMillennium = currentYear / 10; + year += currentMillennium * 10; + changed = TRUE; + } +*/ + if ( changed && outOfRange( year, d->m, d->d ) ) { + if ( minValue().isValid() && date() < minValue() ) { + d->d = minValue().day(); + d->dayCache = d->d; + d->m = minValue().month(); + d->y = minValue().year(); + } + if ( date() > maxValue() ) { + d->d = maxValue().day(); + d->dayCache = d->d; + d->m = maxValue().month(); + d->y = maxValue().year(); + } + } else if ( changed ) + setYear( year ); + + if ( changed ) { +// emit valueChanged( date() ); +// d->changed = FALSE; + } +} + + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +bool ExtDateEdit::event( TQEvent *e ) +{ + if( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) { + d->typing = FALSE; + d->overwrite = TRUE; + // the following can't be done in fix() because fix() called + // from all over the place and it will break the old behaviour + if ( !ExtDate::isValid( d->y, d->m, d->d ) ) { + d->dayCache = d->d; + int i = d->d; + for ( ; i > 0; i-- ) { + d->d = i; + if ( ExtDate::isValid( d->y, d->m, d->d ) ) + break; + } + d->changed = TRUE; + } + if ( d->changed ) { + fix(); + emit valueChanged( date() ); + d->changed = FALSE; + } + } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::LocaleChange ) { + readLocaleSettings(); + d->ed->setSeparator( localDateSep() ); + setOrder( localOrder() ); + } + + bool result = ExtDateTimeEditBase::event( e ); + + return result; +} + +/*! + \internal + + Function which is called whenever the user tries to + remove the first number from \a sec by pressing the backspace key. +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::removeFirstNumber( int sec ) +{ + if ( sec == -1 ) + return; + TQString txt; + if ( sec == d->yearSection ) { + txt = TQString::number( d->y ); + txt = txt.mid( 1, txt.length() ) + "0"; + d->y = txt.toInt(); + } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) { + txt = TQString::number( d->m ); + txt = txt.mid( 1, txt.length() ) + "0"; + d->m = txt.toInt(); + } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) { + txt = TQString::number( d->d ); + txt = txt.mid( 1, txt.length() ) + "0"; + d->d = txt.toInt(); + d->dayCache = d->d; + } + d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +} + +/*! \reimp + +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::removeLastNumber( int sec ) +{ + if ( sec == -1 ) + return; + TQString txt; + if ( sec == d->yearSection ) { + txt = TQString::number( d->y ); + txt = txt.mid( 0, txt.length()-1 ); + d->y = txt.toInt(); + } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) { + txt = TQString::number( d->m ); + txt = txt.mid( 0, txt.length()-1 ); + d->m = txt.toInt(); + } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) { + txt = TQString::number( d->d ); + txt = txt.mid( 0, txt.length()-1 ); + d->d = txt.toInt(); + d->dayCache = d->d; + } + d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +} + +/*! + \property ExtDateEdit::autoAdvance + \brief whether the editor automatically advances to the next + section + + If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance + focus to the next date section if a user has completed a section. + The default is FALSE. +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::setAutoAdvance( bool advance ) +{ + d->adv = advance; +} + + +bool ExtDateEdit::autoAdvance() const +{ + return d->adv; +} + +/*! \reimp +*/ + +void ExtDateEdit::timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * ) +{ + d->overwrite = TRUE; +} + +/*! + \fn void ExtDateEdit::valueChanged( const ExtDate& date ) + + This signal is emitted whenever the editor's value changes. The \a + date parameter is the new value. +*/ + +/////////// + +class TQTimeEditPrivate +{ +public: + int h; + int m; + int s; + uint display; + bool adv; + bool overwrite; + int timerId; + bool typing; + TQTime min; + TQTime max; + bool changed; + ExtDateTimeEditor *ed; + TQSpinWidget *controls; +}; + +/*! + \class TQTimeEdit ExtDatetimeedit.h + \brief The TQTimeEdit class provides a time editor. + + \ingroup advanced + \ingroup time + \mainclass + + TQTimeEdit allows the user to edit times by using the keyboard or + the arrow keys to increase/decrease time values. The arrow keys + can be used to move from section to section within the TQTimeEdit + box. The user can automatically be moved to the next section once + they complete a section using setAutoAdvance(). Times appear in + hour, minute, second order. It is recommended that the TQTimeEdit + is initialised with a time, e.g. + \code + TQTime timeNow = TQTime::currentTime(); + TQTimeEdit *timeEdit = new TQTimeEdit( timeNow, this ); + timeEdit->setRange( timeNow, timeNow.addSecs( 60 * 60 ) ); + \endcode + Here we've created a TQTimeEdit widget set to the current time. + We've also set the minimum value to the current time and the + maximum time to one hour from now. + + The maximum and minimum values for a time value in the time editor + default to the maximum and minimum values for a TQTime. You can + change this by calling setMinValue(), setMaxValue() or setRange(). + + Terminology: A TQTimeWidget consists of three sections, one each + for the hour, minute and second. You can change the separator + character using setSeparator(), by default the separator is read + from the system's settings. + + \img datetimewidgets.png Date Time Widgets + + \sa TQTime ExtDateEdit ExtDateTimeEdit +*/ + + +// /*! +// Constructs an empty time edit with parent \a parent and called \a +// name. +// */ +// +// TQTimeEdit::TQTimeEdit( TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) +// : ExtDateTimeEditBase( parent, name ) +// { +// init(); +// } +// +// /*! +// \overload +// +// Constructs a time edit with the initial time value, \a time, +// parent \a parent and called \a name. +// */ +// +// TQTimeEdit::TQTimeEdit( const TQTime& time, TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) +// : ExtDateTimeEditBase( parent, name ) +// { +// init(); +// setTime( time ); +// } +// +// /*! \internal +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::init() +// { +// d = new TQTimeEditPrivate(); +// d->ed = new ExtDateTimeEditor( this, "time edit base" ); +// d->controls = new ExtDateTimeSpinWidget( this, qstrcmp( name(), "qt_datetime_timeedit" ) == 0 ? "qt_spin_widget" : "time edit controls" ); +// d->controls->setEditWidget( d->ed ); +// setFocusProxy( d->ed ); +// connect( d->controls, TQT_SIGNAL( stepUpPressed() ), TQT_SLOT( stepUp() ) ); +// connect( d->controls, TQT_SIGNAL( stepDownPressed() ), TQT_SLOT( stepDown() ) ); +// +// d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 0 ) ); +// d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 1 ) ); +// d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 2 ) ); +// d->ed->setSeparator( localTimeSep() ); +// +// d->h = 0; +// d->m = 0; +// d->s = 0; +// d->display = Hours | Minutes | Seconds; +// if ( lAMPM ) { +// d->display |= AMPM; +// d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, FALSE, 3 ) ); +// } +// d->adv = FALSE; +// d->overwrite = TRUE; +// d->timerId = 0; +// d->typing = FALSE; +// d->min = TQTime( 0, 0, 0 ); +// d->max = TQTime( 23, 59, 59 ); +// d->changed = FALSE; +// +// tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ); +// +// refcount++; +// } +// +// /*! +// Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. +// */ +// +// TQTimeEdit::~TQTimeEdit() +// { +// delete d; +// if ( !--refcount ) +// cleanup(); +// } +// +// /*! +// \property TQTimeEdit::minValue +// \brief the minimum time value +// +// Setting the minimum time value is equivalent to calling +// TQTimeEdit::setRange( \e t, maxValue() ), where \e t is the minimum +// time. The default minimum time is 00:00:00. +// +// \sa maxValue setRange() +// */ +// +// TQTime TQTimeEdit::minValue() const +// { +// return d->min; +// } +// +// /*! +// \property TQTimeEdit::maxValue +// \brief the maximum time value +// +// Setting the maximum time value is equivalent to calling +// TQTimeEdit::setRange( minValue(), \e t ), where \e t is the maximum +// time. The default maximum time is 23:59:59. +// +// \sa minValue setRange() +// */ +// +// TQTime TQTimeEdit::maxValue() const +// { +// return d->max; +// } +// +// +// /*! +// Sets the valid input range for the editor to be from \a min to \a +// max inclusive. If \a min is invalid no minimum time is set. +// Similarly, if \a max is invalid no maximum time is set. +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::setRange( const TQTime& min, const TQTime& max ) +// { +// if ( min.isValid() ) +// d->min = min; +// if ( max.isValid() ) +// d->max = max; +// } +// +// /*! +// \property TQTimeEdit::display +// \brief the sections that are displayed in the time edit +// +// The value can be any combination of the values in the Display enum. +// By default, the widget displays hours, minutes and seconds. +// */ +// void TQTimeEdit::setDisplay( uint display ) +// { +// if ( d->display == display ) +// return; +// +// d->ed->clearSections(); +// d->display = display; +// if ( d->display & Hours ) +// d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 0 ) ); +// if ( d->display & Minutes ) +// d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 1 ) ); +// if ( d->display & Seconds ) +// d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 2 ) ); +// if ( d->display & AMPM ) +// d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, FALSE, 3 ) ); +// +// d->ed->setFocusSection( 0 ); +// d->ed->update(); +// } +// +// uint TQTimeEdit::display() const +// { +// return d->display; +// } +// +// /*! +// \property TQTimeEdit::time +// \brief the editor's time value. +// +// When changing the time property, if the time is less than +// minValue(), or is greater than maxValue(), nothing happens. +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::setTime( const TQTime& time ) +// { +// if ( !time.isValid() ) { +// d->h = 0; +// d->m = 0; +// d->s = 0; +// } else { +// if ( time > maxValue() || time < minValue() ) +// return; +// d->h = time.hour(); +// d->m = time.minute(); +// d->s = time.second(); +// emit valueChanged( time ); +// } +// d->changed = FALSE; +// d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +// } +// +// TQTime TQTimeEdit::time() const +// { +// if ( TQTime::isValid( d->h, d->m, d->s ) ) +// return TQTime( d->h, d->m, d->s ); +// return TQTime(); +// } +// +// /*! +// \property TQTimeEdit::autoAdvance +// \brief whether the editor automatically advances to the next +// section +// +// If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance +// focus to the next time section if a user has completed a section. +// The default is FALSE. +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance( bool advance ) +// { +// d->adv = advance; +// } +// +// bool TQTimeEdit::autoAdvance() const +// { +// return d->adv; +// } +// +// /*! +// Sets the separator to \a s. Note that currently only the first +// character of \a s is used. +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::setSeparator( const TQString& s ) +// { +// d->ed->setSeparator( s ); +// } +// +// /*! +// Returns the editor's separator. +// */ +// +// TQString TQTimeEdit::separator() const +// { +// return d->ed->separator(); +// } +// +// +// /*! +// \fn void TQTimeEdit::valueChanged( const TQTime& time ) +// +// This signal is emitted whenever the editor's value changes. The \a +// time parameter is the new value. +// */ +// +// /*! \reimp +// +// */ +// +// bool TQTimeEdit::event( TQEvent *e ) +// { +// if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) { +// d->typing = FALSE; +// if ( d->changed ) { +// emit valueChanged( time() ); +// d->changed = FALSE; +// } +// } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::LocaleChange ) { +// readLocaleSettings(); +// d->ed->setSeparator( localTimeSep() ); +// } +// return ExtDateTimeEditBase::event( e ); +// } +// +// /*! \reimp +// +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * ) +// { +// d->overwrite = TRUE; +// } +// +// +// /*! \reimp +// +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::stepUp() +// { +// int sec = d->ed->mapSection( d->ed->focusSection() ); +// bool accepted = TRUE; +// switch( sec ) { +// case 0: +// if ( !outOfRange( d->h+1, d->m, d->s ) ) +// setHour( d->h+1 ); +// else +// setHour( d->min.hour() ); +// break; +// case 1: +// if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m+1, d->s ) ) +// setMinute( d->m+1 ); +// else +// setMinute( d->min.minute() ); +// break; +// case 2: +// if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m, d->s+1 ) ) +// setSecond( d->s+1 ); +// else +// setSecond( d->min.second() ); +// break; +// case 3: +// if ( d->h < 12 ) +// setHour( d->h+12 ); +// else +// setHour( d->h-12 ); +// break; +// default: +// accepted = FALSE; +// #ifdef TQT_CHECK_RANGE +// qWarning( "TQTimeEdit::stepUp: Focus section out of range!" ); +// #endif +// break; +// } +// if ( accepted ) { +// d->changed = TRUE; +// emit valueChanged( time() ); +// } +// d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +// } +// +// +// /*! \reimp +// +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::stepDown() +// { +// int sec = d->ed->mapSection( d->ed->focusSection() ); +// +// bool accepted = TRUE; +// switch( sec ) { +// case 0: +// if ( !outOfRange( d->h-1, d->m, d->s ) ) +// setHour( d->h-1 ); +// else +// setHour( d->max.hour() ); +// break; +// case 1: +// if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m-1, d->s ) ) +// setMinute( d->m-1 ); +// else +// setMinute( d->max.minute() ); +// break; +// case 2: +// if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m, d->s-1 ) ) +// setSecond( d->s-1 ); +// else +// setSecond( d->max.second() ); +// break; +// case 3: +// if ( d->h > 11 ) +// setHour( d->h-12 ); +// else +// setHour( d->h+12 ); +// break; +// default: +// accepted = FALSE; +// #ifdef TQT_CHECK_RANGE +// qWarning( "TQTimeEdit::stepDown: Focus section out of range!" ); +// #endif +// break; +// } +// if ( accepted ) { +// d->changed = TRUE; +// emit valueChanged( time() ); +// } +// d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +// } +// +// +// /*! +// Returns the formatted number for section \a sec. This will +// correspond to either the hour, minute or second section, depending +// on \a sec. +// */ +// +// TQString TQTimeEdit::sectionFormattedText( int sec ) +// { +// TQString txt; +// txt = sectionText( sec ); +// txt = txt.rightJustify( 2, EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR ); +// int offset = sec*2+sec*separator().length() + txt.length(); +// if ( d->typing && sec == d->ed->focusSection() ) +// d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, offset - txt.length(), offset ); +// else +// d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, offset - txt.length(), offset ); +// +// return txt; +// } +// +// +// /*! \reimp +// +// */ +// +// bool TQTimeEdit::setFocusSection( int sec ) +// { +// if ( sec != d->ed->focusSection() ) { +// killTimer( d->timerId ); +// d->overwrite = TRUE; +// d->typing = FALSE; +// TQString txt = sectionText( sec ); +// txt = txt.rightJustify( 2, EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR ); +// int offset = sec*2+sec*separator().length() + txt.length(); +// d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, offset - txt.length(), offset ); +// if ( d->changed ) { +// emit valueChanged( time() ); +// d->changed = FALSE; +// } +// } +// return d->ed->setFocusSection( sec ); +// } +// +// +// /*! +// Sets the hour to \a h, which must be a valid hour, i.e. in the +// range 0..24. +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::setHour( int h ) +// { +// if ( h < 0 ) +// h = 0; +// if ( h > 23 ) +// h = 23; +// d->h = h; +// } +// +// +// /*! +// Sets the minute to \a m, which must be a valid minute, i.e. in the +// range 0..59. +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::setMinute( int m ) +// { +// if ( m < 0 ) +// m = 0; +// if ( m > 59 ) +// m = 59; +// d->m = m; +// } +// +// +// /*! +// Sets the second to \a s, which must be a valid second, i.e. in the +// range 0..59. +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::setSecond( int s ) +// { +// if ( s < 0 ) +// s = 0; +// if ( s > 59 ) +// s = 59; +// d->s = s; +// } +// +// +// /*! \internal +// +// Returns the text of section \a sec. +// +// */ +// +// TQString TQTimeEdit::sectionText( int sec ) +// { +// sec = d->ed->mapSection( sec ); +// +// TQString txt; +// switch( sec ) { +// case 0: +// if ( !(d->display & AMPM) || ( d->h < 13 && d->h ) ) { // I wished the day stared at 0:00 for everybody +// txt = TQString::number( d->h ); +// } else { +// if ( d->h ) +// txt = TQString::number( d->h - 12 ); +// else +// txt = "12"; +// } +// break; +// case 1: +// txt = TQString::number( d->m ); +// break; +// case 2: +// txt = TQString::number( d->s ); +// break; +// case 3: +// if ( d->h < 12 ) { +// if ( lAM ) +// txt = *lAM; +// else +// txt = TQString::tqfromLatin1( "AM" ); +// } else { +// if ( lPM ) +// txt = *lPM; +// else +// txt = TQString::tqfromLatin1( "PM" ); +// } +// break; +// default: +// break; +// } +// return txt; +// } +// +// +// /*! \internal +// Returns TRUE if \a h, \a m, and \a s are out of range. +// */ +// +// bool TQTimeEdit::outOfRange( int h, int m, int s ) const +// { +// if ( TQTime::isValid( h, m, s ) ) { +// TQTime currentTime( h, m, s ); +// if ( currentTime > maxValue() || +// currentTime < minValue() ) +// return TRUE; +// else +// return FALSE; +// } +// return TRUE; +// } +// +// /*! \reimp +// +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::addNumber( int sec, int num ) +// { +// if ( sec == -1 ) +// return; +// sec = d->ed->mapSection( sec ); +// killTimer( d->timerId ); +// bool overwrite = FALSE; +// bool accepted = FALSE; +// d->typing = TRUE; +// TQString txt; +// +// switch( sec ) { +// case 0: +// txt = ( d->display & AMPM && d->h > 12 ) ? +// TQString::number( d->h - 12 ) : TQString::number( d->h ); +// +// if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) { +// if ( d->display & AMPM && num == 0 ) +// break; // Don't process 0 in 12 hour clock mode +// if ( d->display & AMPM && d->h > 11 ) +// num += 12; +// if ( !outOfRange( num, d->m, d->s ) ) { +// accepted = TRUE; +// d->h = num; +// } +// } else { +// txt += TQString::number( num ); +// int temp = txt.toInt(); +// +// if ( d->display & AMPM ) { +// if ( temp == 12 ) { +// if ( d->h < 12 ) { +// temp = 0; +// } +// accepted = TRUE; +// } else if ( outOfRange( temp + 12, d->m, d->s ) ) { +// txt = TQString::number( d->h ); +// } else { +// if ( d->h > 11 ) { +// temp += 12; +// } +// accepted = TRUE; +// } +// } else if ( !(d->display & AMPM) && outOfRange( temp, d->m, d->s ) ) { +// txt = TQString::number( d->h ); +// } else { +// accepted = TRUE; +// } +// +// if ( accepted ) +// d->h = temp; +// +// if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) { +// setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 ); +// overwrite = TRUE; +// } +// } +// break; +// +// case 1: +// txt = TQString::number( d->m ); +// if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) { +// if ( !outOfRange( d->h, num, d->s ) ) { +// accepted = TRUE; +// d->m = num; +// } +// } else { +// txt += TQString::number( num ); +// int temp = txt.toInt(); +// if ( temp > 59 ) +// temp = num; +// if ( outOfRange( d->h, temp, d->s ) ) +// txt = TQString::number( d->m ); +// else { +// accepted = TRUE; +// d->m = temp; +// } +// if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) { +// setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 ); +// overwrite = TRUE; +// } +// } +// break; +// +// case 2: +// txt = TQString::number( d->s ); +// if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) { +// if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m, num ) ) { +// accepted = TRUE; +// d->s = num; +// } +// } else { +// txt += TQString::number( num ); +// int temp = txt.toInt(); +// if ( temp > 59 ) +// temp = num; +// if ( outOfRange( d->h, d->m, temp ) ) +// txt = TQString::number( d->s ); +// else { +// accepted = TRUE; +// d->s = temp; +// } +// if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) { +// setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 ); +// overwrite = TRUE; +// } +// } +// break; +// +// case 3: +// break; +// +// default: +// break; +// } +// d->changed = accepted; +// if ( accepted ) +// emit valueChanged( time() ); +// d->overwrite = overwrite; +// d->timerId = startTimer( tqApp->doubleClickInterval()*4 ); +// d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +// } +// +// +// /*! +// \internal +// +// Function which is called whenever the user tries to +// remove the first number from \a sec by pressing the backspace key. +// */ +// +// void TQTimeEdit::removeFirstNumber( int sec ) +// { +// if ( sec == -1 ) +// return; +// sec = d->ed->mapSection( sec ); +// TQString txt; +// switch( sec ) { +// case 0: +// txt = TQString::number( d->h ); +// break; +// case 1: +// txt = TQString::number( d->m ); +// break; +// case 2: +// txt = TQString::number( d->s ); +// break; +// } +// txt = txt.mid( 1, txt.length() ) + "0"; +// switch( sec ) { +// case 0: +// d->h = txt.toInt(); +// break; +// case 1: +// d->m = txt.toInt(); +// break; +// case 2: +// d->s = txt.toInt(); +// break; +// } +// d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +// } +// +// /*! \reimp +// +// */ +// void TQTimeEdit::removeLastNumber( int sec ) +// { +// if ( sec == -1 ) +// return; +// sec = d->ed->mapSection( sec ); +// TQString txt; +// switch( sec ) { +// case 0: +// txt = TQString::number( d->h ); +// break; +// case 1: +// txt = TQString::number( d->m ); +// break; +// case 2: +// txt = TQString::number( d->s ); +// break; +// } +// txt = txt.mid( 0, txt.length()-1 ); +// switch( sec ) { +// case 0: +// d->h = txt.toInt(); +// break; +// case 1: +// d->m = txt.toInt(); +// break; +// case 2: +// d->s = txt.toInt(); +// break; +// } +// d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE ); +// } +// +// /*! \reimp +// */ +// void TQTimeEdit::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ) +// { +// d->controls->resize( width(), height() ); +// } +// +// /*! \reimp +// */ +// TQSize TQTimeEdit::tqsizeHint() const +// { +// constPolish(); +// TQFontMetrics fm( font() ); +// int fw = tqstyle().tqpixelMetric( TQStyle::PM_DefaultFrameWidth, this ); +// int h = fm.lineSpacing() + 2; +// int w = 2 + fm.width( '9' ) * 6 + fm.width( d->ed->separator() ) * 2 + +// d->controls->upRect().width() + fw * 4; +// if ( d->display & AMPM ) { +// if ( lAM ) +// w += fm.width( *lAM ) + 4; +// else +// w += fm.width( TQString::tqfromLatin1( "AM" ) ) + 4; +// } +// +// return TQSize( w, TQMAX(h + fw * 2,20) ).expandedTo( TQApplication::globalStrut() ); +// } +// +// /*! \reimp +// */ +// TQSize TQTimeEdit::tqminimumSizeHint() const +// { +// return tqsizeHint(); +// } +// +// /*! +// \internal +// Enables/disables the push buttons according to the min/max time +// for this widget. +// */ +// +// // ### Remove in 4.0? +// +// void TQTimeEdit::updateButtons() +// { +// if ( !isEnabled() ) +// return; +// +// bool upEnabled = time() < maxValue(); +// bool downEnabled = time() > minValue(); +// +// d->controls->setUpEnabled( upEnabled ); +// d->controls->setDownEnabled( downEnabled ); +// } + + +class ExtDateTimeEditPrivate +{ +public: + bool adv; +}; + +/*! + \class ExtDateTimeEdit ExtDatetimeedit.h + \brief The ExtDateTimeEdit class combines a ExtDateEdit and TQTimeEdit + widget into a single widget for editing datetimes. + + \ingroup advanced + \ingroup time + + ExtDateTimeEdit consists of a ExtDateEdit and TQTimeEdit widget placed + side by side and offers the functionality of both. The user can + edit the date and time by using the keyboard or the arrow keys to + increase/decrease date or time values. The Tab key can be used to + move from section to section within the ExtDateTimeEdit widget, and + the user can be moved automatically when they complete a section + using setAutoAdvance(). The datetime can be set with + setDateTime(). + + The date format is read from the system's locale settings. It is + set to year, month, day order if that is not possible. See + ExtDateEdit::setOrder() to change this. Times appear in the order + hours, minutes, seconds using the 24 hour clock. + + It is recommended that the ExtDateTimeEdit is initialised with a + datetime, e.g. + \code + ExtDateTimeEdit *dateTimeEdit = new ExtDateTimeEdit( ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime(), this ); + dateTimeEdit->dateEdit()->setRange( ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDate(), + ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDate().addDays( 7 ) ); + \endcode + Here we've created a new ExtDateTimeEdit set to the current date and + time, and set the date to have a minimum date of now and a maximum + date of a week from now. + + Terminology: A ExtDateEdit widget consists of three 'sections', one + each for the year, month and day. Similarly a TQTimeEdit consists + of three sections, one each for the hour, minute and second. The + character that separates each date section is specified with + setDateSeparator(); similarly setTimeSeparator() is used for the + time sections. + + \image html datetimewidgets.png "Date Time Widgets" + + \sa ExtDateEdit TQTimeEdit +*/ + +/*! + Constructs an empty datetime edit with parent \a parent and called + \a name. +*/ +ExtDateTimeEdit::ExtDateTimeEdit( TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) +{ + init(); +} + + +/*! + \overload + + Constructs a datetime edit with the initial value \a datetime, + parent \a parent and called \a name. +*/ +ExtDateTimeEdit::ExtDateTimeEdit( const ExtDateTime& datetime, + TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) +{ + init(); + setDateTime( datetime ); +} + + + +/*! + Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. +*/ + +ExtDateTimeEdit::~ExtDateTimeEdit() +{ + delete d; +} + + +/*! + \reimp + + Intercepts and handles resize events which have special meaning + for the ExtDateTimeEdit. +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEdit::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ) +{ + int dw = de->tqsizeHint().width(); + int tw = te->tqsizeHint().width(); + int w = width(); + int h = height(); + int extra = w - ( dw + tw ); + + if ( tw + extra < 0 ) { + dw = w; + } else { + dw += 9 * extra / 16; + } + tw = w - dw; + + de->setGeometry( 0, 0, dw, h ); + te->setGeometry( dw, 0, tw, h ); +} + +/*! \reimp +*/ + +TQSize ExtDateTimeEdit::tqminimumSizeHint() const +{ + TQSize dsh = de->tqminimumSizeHint(); + TQSize tsh = te->tqminimumSizeHint(); + return TQSize( dsh.width() + tsh.width(), + TQMAX( dsh.height(), tsh.height() ) ); +} + +/*! \internal + */ + +void ExtDateTimeEdit::init() +{ + d = new ExtDateTimeEditPrivate(); + de = new ExtDateEdit( this, "qt_datetime_dateedit" ); + te = new TQTimeEdit( this, "qt_datetime_timeedit" ); + d->adv = FALSE; + connect( de, TQT_SIGNAL( valueChanged( const ExtDate& ) ), + this, TQT_SLOT( newValue( const ExtDate& ) ) ); + connect( te, TQT_SIGNAL( valueChanged( const TQTime& ) ), + this, TQT_SLOT( newValue( const TQTime& ) ) ); + setFocusProxy( de ); + tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ); +} + +/*! \reimp + */ + +TQSize ExtDateTimeEdit::tqsizeHint() const +{ + constPolish(); + TQSize dsh = de->tqsizeHint(); + TQSize tsh = te->tqsizeHint(); + return TQSize( dsh.width() + tsh.width(), + TQMAX( dsh.height(), tsh.height() ) ); +} + +/*! + \property ExtDateTimeEdit::dateTime + \brief the editor's datetime value + + The datetime edit's datetime which may be an invalid datetime. +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEdit::setDateTime( const ExtDateTime & dt ) +{ + if ( dt.isValid() ) { + de->setDate( dt.date() ); + te->setTime( dt.time() ); + emit valueChanged( dt ); + } +} + +ExtDateTime ExtDateTimeEdit::dateTime() const +{ + return ExtDateTime( de->date(), te->time() ); +} + +/*! + \fn void ExtDateTimeEdit::valueChanged( const ExtDateTime& datetime ) + + This signal is emitted every time the date or time changes. The \a + datetime argument is the new datetime. +*/ + + +/*! \internal + + Re-emits the value \a d. + */ + +void ExtDateTimeEdit::newValue( const ExtDate& ) +{ + ExtDateTime dt = dateTime(); + emit valueChanged( dt ); +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + Re-emits the value \a t. + */ + +void ExtDateTimeEdit::newValue( const TQTime& ) +{ + ExtDateTime dt = dateTime(); + emit valueChanged( dt ); +} + + +/*! + Sets the auto advance property of the editor to \a advance. If set + to TRUE, the editor will automatically advance focus to the next + date or time section if the user has completed a section. +*/ + +void ExtDateTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance( bool advance ) +{ + de->setAutoAdvance( advance ); + te->setAutoAdvance( advance ); +} + +/*! + Returns TRUE if auto-advance is enabled, otherwise returns FALSE. + + \sa setAutoAdvance() +*/ + +bool ExtDateTimeEdit::autoAdvance() const +{ + return de->autoAdvance(); +} + +/*! + \fn ExtDateEdit* ExtDateTimeEdit::dateEdit() + + Returns the internal widget used for editing the date part of the + datetime. +*/ + +/*! + \fn TQTimeEdit* ExtDateTimeEdit::timeEdit() + + Returns the internal widget used for editing the time part of the + datetime. +*/ + +#include "extdatetimeedit.moc" + +#endif diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a2aaa16 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.h @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** +** Definition of date and time edit classes +** +** Created : 001103 +** +** Original TQDateTimeEdit Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. +** +** >> modifications to introduce ExtDate (C) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org> +** >> ExtDate modifications are licensed under the GPL: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html +** +** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the +** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. +** +** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE +** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. +** +** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. +** +**********************************************************************/ + +#ifndef EXTDATETIMEEDIT_H +#define EXTDATETIMEEDIT_H + +#include <tqwidget.h> +#include <tqstring.h> +#include <tqrangecontrol.h> + +#include "extdatetime.h" + +#ifndef TQT_NO_DATETIMEEDIT + +class TQTimeEdit; + +class ExtDateTimeEditBase : public TQWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +public: + ExtDateTimeEditBase( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) {} + + virtual bool setFocusSection( int sec ) = 0; + virtual TQString sectionFormattedText( int sec ) = 0; + virtual void addNumber( int sec, int num ) = 0; + virtual void removeLastNumber( int sec ) = 0; + +public slots: + virtual void stepUp() = 0; + virtual void stepDown() = 0; + +private: +#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator= + ExtDateTimeEditBase( const ExtDateTimeEditBase & ); + ExtDateTimeEditBase &operator=( const ExtDateTimeEditBase & ); +#endif +}; + +class ExtDateEditPrivate; + +class KDE_EXPORT ExtDateEdit : public ExtDateTimeEditBase +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT + Q_ENUMS( Order ) + TQ_PROPERTY( Order order READ order WRITE setOrder ) +// TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate date READ date WRITE setDate ) + TQ_PROPERTY( bool autoAdvance READ autoAdvance WRITE setAutoAdvance ) +// TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue ) +// TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue ) + +public: + ExtDateEdit( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); + ExtDateEdit( const ExtDate& date, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); + ~ExtDateEdit(); + + enum Order { DMY /**< Day-Month-Year */, + MDY /**< Month-Day-Year */, + YMD /**< Year-Month-Day, also the default */, + YDM /**< Year-Day-Month @deprecated Included for completeness. */ }; + + TQSize tqsizeHint() const; + TQSize tqminimumSizeHint() const; + +public slots: + virtual void setDate( const ExtDate& date ); + +public: + ExtDate date() const; + virtual void setOrder( Order order ); + Order order() const; + virtual void setAutoAdvance( bool advance ); + bool autoAdvance() const; + + virtual void setMinValue( const ExtDate& d ) { setRange( d, maxValue() ); } + ExtDate minValue() const; + virtual void setMaxValue( const ExtDate& d ) { setRange( minValue(), d ); } + ExtDate maxValue() const; + virtual void setRange( const ExtDate& min, const ExtDate& max ); + TQString separator() const; + virtual void setSeparator( const TQString& s ); + + // Make removeFirstNumber() virtual in ExtDateTimeEditBase in 4.0 + void removeFirstNumber( int sec ); + +signals: + void valueChanged( const ExtDate& date ); + +protected: + bool event( TQEvent *e ); + void timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * ); + void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); + void stepUp(); + void stepDown(); + TQString sectionFormattedText( int sec ); + void addNumber( int sec, int num ); + + void removeLastNumber( int sec ); + bool setFocusSection( int s ); + + virtual void setYear( int year ); + virtual void setMonth( int month ); + virtual void setDay( int day ); + virtual void fix(); + virtual bool outOfRange( int y, int m, int d ) const; + +protected slots: + void updateButtons(); + +private: + void init(); + int sectionOffsetEnd( int sec ) const; + int sectionLength( int sec ) const; + TQString sectionText( int sec ) const; + ExtDateEditPrivate* d; + +#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) + ExtDateEdit( const ExtDateEdit & ); + ExtDateEdit &operator=( const ExtDateEdit & ); +#endif +}; + +// class TQTimeEditPrivate; +// +// class TQ_EXPORT TQTimeEdit : public ExtDateTimeEditBase +// { +// Q_OBJECT +// TQ_OBJECT +// TQ_SETS( Display ) +// TQ_PROPERTY( TQTime time READ time WRITE setTime ) +// TQ_PROPERTY( bool autoAdvance READ autoAdvance WRITE setAutoAdvance ) +// TQ_PROPERTY( TQTime maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue ) +// TQ_PROPERTY( TQTime minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue ) +// TQ_PROPERTY( Display display READ display WRITE setDisplay ) +// +// public: +// enum Display { +// Hours = 0x01, +// Minutes = 0x02, +// Seconds = 0x04, +// /*Reserved = 0x08,*/ +// AMPM = 0x10 +// }; +// +// TQTimeEdit( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); +// TQTimeEdit( const TQTime& time, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); +// ~TQTimeEdit(); +// +// TQSize tqsizeHint() const; +// TQSize tqminimumSizeHint() const; +// +// public slots: +// virtual void setTime( const TQTime& time ); +// +// public: +// TQTime time() const; +// virtual void setAutoAdvance( bool advance ); +// bool autoAdvance() const; +// +// virtual void setMinValue( const TQTime& d ) { setRange( d, maxValue() ); } +// TQTime minValue() const; +// virtual void setMaxValue( const TQTime& d ) { setRange( minValue(), d ); } +// TQTime maxValue() const; +// virtual void setRange( const TQTime& min, const TQTime& max ); +// TQString separator() const; +// virtual void setSeparator( const TQString& s ); +// +// uint display() const; +// void setDisplay( uint disp ); +// +// // Make removeFirstNumber() virtual in ExtDateTimeEditBase in 4.0 +// void removeFirstNumber( int sec ); +// +// signals: +// void valueChanged( const TQTime& time ); +// +// protected: +// bool event( TQEvent *e ); +// void timerEvent( TQTimerEvent *e ); +// void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); +// void stepUp(); +// void stepDown(); +// TQString sectionFormattedText( int sec ); +// void addNumber( int sec, int num ); +// void removeLastNumber( int sec ); +// bool setFocusSection( int s ); +// +// virtual bool outOfRange( int h, int m, int s ) const; +// virtual void setHour( int h ); +// virtual void setMinute( int m ); +// virtual void setSecond( int s ); +// +// protected slots: +// void updateButtons(); +// +// private: +// void init(); +// TQString sectionText( int sec ); +// TQTimeEditPrivate* d; +// +// #if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) +// TQTimeEdit( const TQTimeEdit & ); +// TQTimeEdit &operator=( const TQTimeEdit & ); +// #endif +// }; +// + +class ExtDateTimeEditPrivate; + +class KDE_EXPORT ExtDateTimeEdit : public TQWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +// TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDateTime dateTime READ dateTime WRITE setDateTime ) + +public: + ExtDateTimeEdit( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 ); + ExtDateTimeEdit( const ExtDateTime& datetime, TQWidget* parent=0, + const char* name=0 ); + ~ExtDateTimeEdit(); + + TQSize tqsizeHint() const; + TQSize tqminimumSizeHint() const; + +public slots: + virtual void setDateTime( const ExtDateTime & dt ); + +public: + ExtDateTime dateTime() const; + + ExtDateEdit* dateEdit() { return de; } + TQTimeEdit* timeEdit() { return te; } + + virtual void setAutoAdvance( bool advance ); + bool autoAdvance() const; + +signals: + void valueChanged( const ExtDateTime& datetime ); + +protected: + // ### make init() private in TQt 4.0 + void init(); + void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); + +protected slots: + // ### make these two functions private in TQt 4.0, + // and merge them into one with no parameter + void newValue( const ExtDate& d ); + void newValue( const TQTime& t ); + +private: + ExtDateEdit* de; + TQTimeEdit* te; + ExtDateTimeEditPrivate* d; + +#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) + ExtDateTimeEdit( const ExtDateTimeEdit & ); + ExtDateTimeEdit &operator=( const ExtDateTimeEdit & ); +#endif +}; + +class TQNumberSection +{ +public: + TQNumberSection( int selStart = 0, int selEnd = 0, bool separat = TRUE, int actual = -1 ) + : selstart( selStart ), selend( selEnd ), act( actual ), sep( separat ) + {} + int selectionStart() const { return selstart; } + void setSelectionStart( int s ) { selstart = s; } + int selectionEnd() const { return selend; } + void setSelectionEnd( int s ) { selend = s; } + int width() const { return selend - selstart; } + int index() const { return act; } + bool separator() const { return sep; } + TQ_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR( TQNumberSection ) +private: + int selstart :12; + int selend :12; + int act :7; + bool sep :1; +}; + +class ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate; + +class ExtDateTimeEditor : public TQWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +public: + ExtDateTimeEditor( ExtDateTimeEditBase * parent=0, + const char * name=0 ); + ~ExtDateTimeEditor(); + +// void setControlWidget( ExtDateTimeEditBase * widget ); +// ExtDateTimeEditBase * controlWidget() const; + + void setSeparator( const TQString& s ); + TQString separator() const; + + int focusSection() const; + bool setFocusSection( int s ); + void appendSection( const TQNumberSection& sec ); + void clearSections(); + void setSectionSelection( int sec, int selstart, int selend ); + bool eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e ); + int sectionAt( const TQPoint &p ); + int mapSection( int sec ); + +protected: + void init(); + bool event( TQEvent *e ); + void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * ); + void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ); + void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ); + +private: + ExtDateTimeEditBase* cw; + ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate* d; +}; + +class ExtDateTimeSpinWidget : public TQSpinWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +public: + ExtDateTimeSpinWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQSpinWidget( parent, name ) + { + } + +protected: +#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT + void wheelEvent( TQWheelEvent *e ) + { + ExtDateTimeEditor *editor = (ExtDateTimeEditor*)editWidget()->qt_cast( "ExtDateTimeEditor" ); + Q_ASSERT( editor ); + if ( !editor ) + return; + + int section = editor->sectionAt( e->pos() ); + editor->setFocusSection( section ); + + if ( section == -1 ) + return; + TQSpinWidget::wheelEvent( e ); + } +#endif +}; + +#endif +#endif diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1c7269b --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 2001 Waldo Bastian (bastian@kde.org) + + Modified to use ExtDate instead of TQDate. Modifications + Copyright (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + + +#include <tqcombobox.h> +#include <tqlayout.h> +#include <tqlineedit.h> + +#include <knuminput.h> +#include <kdialog.h> + +#include "extdatewidget.h" +#include "extcalendarsystemgregorian.h" + +class ExtDateWidgetSpinBox : public TQSpinBox +{ +public: + ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(int min, int max, TQWidget *parent) + : TQSpinBox(min, max, 1, parent) + { + editor()->tqsetAlignment(AlignRight); + } +}; + +class ExtDateWidget::ExtDateWidgetPrivate +{ +public: + ExtDateWidgetPrivate() { calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(); } + ~ExtDateWidgetPrivate() { delete calendar; } + ExtDateWidgetSpinBox *m_day; + TQComboBox *m_month; + ExtDateWidgetSpinBox *m_year; + ExtDate m_dat; + ExtCalendarSystemGregorian *calendar; +}; + + +ExtDateWidget::ExtDateWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) +{ + init(ExtDate::tqcurrentDate()); + setDate(ExtDate()); +} + +ExtDateWidget::ExtDateWidget( const ExtDate &date, TQWidget *parent, + const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) +{ + init(date); + setDate(date); +} + +// // ### CFM Repaced by init(const ExtDate&). Can be safely removed +// // when no risk of BIC +// void ExtDateWidget::init() +// { +// d = new ExtDateWidgetPrivate; +// KLocale *locale = KGlobal::locale(); +// TQHBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this, 0, KDialog::spacingHint()); +// tqlayout->setAutoAdd(true); +// d->m_day = new ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(1, 1, this); +// d->m_month = new TQComboBox(false, this); +// for (int i = 1; ; ++i) +// { +// TQString str = d->calendar->monthName(i, +// d->calendar->year(ExtDate())); +// if (str.isNull()) break; +// d->m_month->insertItem(str); +// } +// +// d->m_year = new ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(d->calendar->minValidYear(), +// d->calendar->maxValidYear(), this); +// +// connect(d->m_day, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged())); +// connect(d->m_month, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged())); +// connect(d->m_year, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged())); +// } + +void ExtDateWidget::init(const ExtDate& date) +{ + d = new ExtDateWidgetPrivate; + //KLocale *locale = KGlobal::locale(); + TQHBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this, 0, KDialog::spacingHint()); + tqlayout->setAutoAdd(true); + d->m_day = new ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(1, 1, this); + d->m_month = new TQComboBox(false, this); + for (int i = 1; ; ++i) + { + TQString str = d->calendar->monthName(i, + d->calendar->year(date)); + if (str.isNull()) break; + d->m_month->insertItem(str); + } + + d->m_year = new ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(d->calendar->minValidYear(), + d->calendar->maxValidYear(), this); + + connect(d->m_day, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged())); + connect(d->m_month, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged())); + connect(d->m_year, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged())); +} + +ExtDateWidget::~ExtDateWidget() +{ + delete d; +} + +void ExtDateWidget::setDate( const ExtDate &date ) +{ +// const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + d->m_day->blockSignals(true); + d->m_month->blockSignals(true); + d->m_year->blockSignals(true); + + d->m_day->setMaxValue(d->calendar->daysInMonth(date)); + d->m_day->setValue(d->calendar->day(date)); + d->m_month->setCurrentItem(d->calendar->month(date)-1); + d->m_year->setValue(d->calendar->year(date)); + + d->m_day->blockSignals(false); + d->m_month->blockSignals(false); + d->m_year->blockSignals(false); + + d->m_dat = date; + emit changed(d->m_dat); +} + +ExtDate ExtDateWidget::date() const +{ + return d->m_dat; +} + +void ExtDateWidget::slotDateChanged( ) +{ +// const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar(); + + ExtDate date; + int y,m,day; + + y = d->m_year->value(); + y = TQMIN(TQMAX(y, d->calendar->minValidYear()), d->calendar->maxValidYear()); + + d->calendar->setYMD(date, y, 1, 1); + m = d->m_month->currentItem()+1; + m = TQMIN(TQMAX(m,1), d->calendar->monthsInYear(date)); + + d->calendar->setYMD(date, y, m, 1); + day = d->m_day->value(); + day = TQMIN(TQMAX(day,1), d->calendar->daysInMonth(date)); + + d->calendar->setYMD(date, y, m, day); + setDate(date); +} + +void ExtDateWidget::virtual_hook( int, void* ) +{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ } + +#include "extdatewidget.moc" diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4df9931a --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 2001 Waldo Bastian (bastian@kde.org) + + Modified to use ExtDate instead of TQDate. Modifications + Copyright (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef __EXTDATEWIDGET_H__ +#define __EXTDATEWIDGET_H__ + +#include "extdatetime.h" + +/** +* This widget can be used to display or allow user selection of a date. +* +* @see ExtDatePicker +* +* @short A pushbutton to display or allow user selection of a date. +* @version $Id$ +*/ +class KDE_EXPORT ExtDateWidget : public TQWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +// TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate date READ date WRITE setDate ) + +public: + /** + * Constructs a date selection widget, initialized to the current CPU date. + */ + ExtDateWidget( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); + + /** + * Constructs a date selection widget with the initial date set to @p date. + */ + ExtDateWidget( const ExtDate &date, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); + + /** + * Destructs the date selection widget. + */ + virtual ~ExtDateWidget(); + + /** + * Returns the currently selected date. + */ + ExtDate date() const; + + /** + * Changes the selected date to @p date. + */ + void setDate(const ExtDate &date); + + +signals: + /** + * Emitted whenever the date of the widget + * is changed, either with setDate() or via user selection. + */ + void changed(ExtDate); + +protected: + void init(); + void init(const ExtDate&); + +protected slots: + void slotDateChanged(); + +protected: + virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data ); +private: + class ExtDateWidgetPrivate; + ExtDateWidgetPrivate *d; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/main.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bcc68a1f --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#include "testwidget.h" +#include <kapplication.h> +#include <kcmdlineargs.h> +#include <kaboutdata.h> + +static const char description[] = I18N_NOOP("ExtDatePicker test program"); +static const char notice[] = I18N_NOOP("Compares KDatePicker and ExtDatePicker"); + +static KCmdLineOptions options[] = +{ + KCmdLineLastOption +}; + +int main( int argc, char *argv[] ) +{ + KAboutData aboutData( "test_extdatepicker", I18N_NOOP("Test ExtDatePicker"), + "0.1", description, KAboutData::License_GPL, + I18N_NOOP("(c) 2004, Jason Harris"), notice, + "http://30doradus.org"); + aboutData.addAuthor("Jason Harris", 0, + "jharris@30doradus.org", "http://www.30doradus.org"); + + KCmdLineArgs::init( argc, argv, &aboutData ); + + KApplication a; + TestWidget *t = new TestWidget(0,0); + t->show(); + TQObject::connect(kapp, TQT_SIGNAL(lastWindowClosed()), kapp, TQT_SLOT(quit())); + return a.exec(); +} diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/test_extdate.cc b/libtdeedu/extdate/test_extdate.cc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63b2120b --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/test_extdate.cc @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <iostream> +#include "extdatetime.h" + + +void test1_unit(int a_year) +{ + std::cout << a_year << " (TQDate|ExtDate): " << ((TQDate::leapYear(a_year)) ? "yes" : "no") + <<"|"<< ((ExtDate::leapYear(a_year)) ? "yes" : "no") << std::endl; +} + +void test1() +{ + int a_set_of_years[] = + { + 1996, + 1997, + 1998, + 2000, + 1999, + 2001, + 1900, + 1800, + 1700, + 1600, + 2100, + 2200, + 2300, + 0, + -1, + -4, + -100, + -200, + -300, + -400, + -500 + }; + uint i; + std::cout << "Checking Leap Years:\n" << std::endl; + for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_years)/sizeof(a_set_of_years[0]) ; i++) + { + test1_unit(a_set_of_years[i]); + } + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} + +void test2_unit(int y, int m, int d) +{ + TQDate q(y, m, d); + ExtDate e(y, m, d); + int q_week_number = q.dayOfWeek(); + int e_week_number = e.dayOfWeek(); + int q_day_of_year = q.dayOfYear(); + int e_day_of_year = e.dayOfYear(); + std::cout << "(" << y << ", " << m << ", " << d << ") :: " + << q.toString("dd.MMM.yyyy").local8Bit() << " : " + << q.dayOfWeek() << " : " << q_week_number << " : " << q_day_of_year << " :: " + << e.toString("%d.%b.%Y").local8Bit() << " : " + << e.dayOfWeek() << " : " << e_week_number << " : " << e_day_of_year << std::endl; +} + +void test2() +{ + int a_set_of_dates[][3] = + { + {0, 1, 1}, + {1, 1, 1}, + {2, 1, 1}, + {3, 1, 1}, + {4, 1, 1}, + {5, 1, 1}, + {99, 1, 1}, + {100, 1, 1}, + {100, 12, 31}, + {101, 1, 1}, + {102, 1, 1}, + {103, 1, 1}, + {104, 1, 1}, + {399, 1, 1}, + {400, 1, 1}, + {401, 1, 1}, + {402, 1, 1}, + {403, 1, 1}, + {404, 1, 1}, + {2003, 1, 1}, + {2003, 1, 2}, + {2003, 1, 3}, + {2003, 1, 4}, + {2003, 1, 5}, + {2003, 1, 6}, + {2003, 1, 7}, + {2003, 1, 8}, + {2003, 1, 9}, + {2003, 1, 10}, + {2003, 1, 11}, + {2003, 1, 12}, + {2003, 1, 13}, + {2003, 1, 14}, + {2003, 1, 15}, + {2003, 1, 16}, + {2003, 1, 17}, + {2003, 1, 18}, + {2003, 12, 19}, + {2003, 12, 20}, + {2003, 12, 21}, + {2003, 12, 22}, + {2003, 12, 23}, + {2003, 12, 24}, + {2003, 12, 25}, + {2003, 12, 26}, + {2003, 12, 27}, + {2003, 12, 28}, + {2003, 12, 29}, + {2003, 12, 30}, + {2003, 12, 31}, + {2004, 1, 1}, + {2003, 11, 2} + }; + uint i; + std::cout << "(y, m, d) :: TQDate : Q.dayOfWeek() : Q.weekNumber() : Q.dayOfYear() :: ExtDate : E.dayOfWeek() : E.weekNumber() : E.dayOfYear()\n" << std::endl; + + for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_dates)/sizeof(a_set_of_dates[0]) ; i++) + { + test2_unit(a_set_of_dates[i][0], a_set_of_dates[i][1], a_set_of_dates[i][2]); + } + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} + +void test3_unit(int y, int m, int d, int dm) +{ + TQDate q(y, m, d); + ExtDate e(y, m, d); + TQDate q2 = q.addMonths(dm); + ExtDate e2 = e.addMonths(dm); + std::cout << e.toString("%d.%b.%Y").local8Bit() << " + " << dm + << " months :: ExtDate : " << e2.toString("%d.%b.%Y").local8Bit() + << " TQDate : " << q2.toString("dd.MMM.yyyy").local8Bit() << std::endl; +} + +void test3() +{ + int a_set_of_dates_delta[][4] = + { + {2003, 11, 5, 0}, + {2003, 11, 5, 1}, + {2003, 11, 5, -1}, + {2003, 11, 5, 2}, + {2003, 11, 5, 3} + }; + uint i; + std::cout << "Adding Months:\n" << std::endl; + for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_dates_delta)/sizeof(a_set_of_dates_delta[0]) ; i++) + { + test3_unit(a_set_of_dates_delta[i][0], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][1], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][2], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][3]); + } + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} +void test4_unit(int y, int m, int d, int dy) +{ + TQDate q(y, m, d); + ExtDate e(y, m, d); + TQDate q2 = q.addYears(dy); + ExtDate e2 = e.addYears(dy); + std::cout << e.toString("%d.%m.%Y").local8Bit() << " + " << dy << " years :: ExtDate : " + << e2.toString().local8Bit() << " TQDate : " + << q2.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl; +} + +void test4() +{ + int a_set_of_dates_delta[][4] = + { + {-1, 11, 5, 0}, + {-1, 11, 5, 1}, + {-1, 11, 5, 2}, + {2003, 11, 5, 1}, + {2003, 11, 5, -1}, + {2003, 11, 5, 2}, + {2003, 11, 5, 3} + }; + uint i; + std::cout << "Adding years:\n" << std::endl; + for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_dates_delta)/sizeof(a_set_of_dates_delta[0]) ; i++) + { + test4_unit(a_set_of_dates_delta[i][0], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][1], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][2], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][3]); + } + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} + +void test5_unit(int y, int m, int d, const char *qformat, const char *eformat) +{ + TQDate q(y, m, d); + ExtDate e(y, m, d); + + if ( TQString(qformat) == "<default>" ) + std::cout << eformat << " : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << " :: " + << qformat << " : " << q.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl; + else + std::cout << eformat << " : " << e.toString(eformat).local8Bit() << " :: " + << qformat << " : " << q.toString(qformat).local8Bit() << std::endl; +} + +void test5() +{ + const char *q_set_of_formats[7] = + { + "d.M.yy", + "dd.MM.yy", + "ddd.MMM.yy", + "ddd dd.MMM.yy", + "dddd.MMMM.yy", + ">dd.M.yyyy<", + "<default>" + }; + const char *e_set_of_formats[7] = + { + "%e.%n.%y", + "%d.%m.%y", + "%d.%b.%y", + "%a %d.%b.%y", + "%A.%B.%y", + ">%d.%n.%Y<", + "<default>" + }; + + uint i; + std::cout << "Date.toString(\"...\")" << std::endl; + std::cout << "Ext Format : ExtDate :: Q Format : TQDate\n" << std::endl; + + for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(q_set_of_formats)/sizeof(q_set_of_formats[0]) ; i++) + { + test5_unit(2003, 11, 5, q_set_of_formats[i], e_set_of_formats[i]); + } + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} + +void test6_unit(int y, int m, int d) +{ + std::cout << d << "/" << m << "/" << y << " :: " + << ( ExtDate::isValid(y, m, d) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE" ) << " : " + << ( TQDate::isValid(y, m, d) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE" ) << std::endl; +} + +void test6() +{ + int a_set_of_dates[][3] = + { + {-1, 11, 5}, + {-1, 11, 5}, + {-1, 11, 5}, + {2003, 11, 5}, + {2003, -1, 5}, + {2003, 0, 5}, + {2003, 12, 5}, + {2003, 13, 5}, + {2003, 11, -2}, + {2003, 11, 0}, + {2003, 11, 40}, + {2004, 2, 28}, + {2004, 2, 29}, + {2004, 2, 30}, + {2003, 2, 28}, + {2003, 2, 29}, + {2003, 2, 30} + }; + uint i; + std::cout << "Date.isValid()" << std::endl; + std::cout << "d/m/y :: ExtDate.isValid() : TQDate.isValid()\n" << std::endl; + + for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_dates)/sizeof(a_set_of_dates[0]) ; i++) + { + test6_unit(a_set_of_dates[i][0], a_set_of_dates[i][1], a_set_of_dates[i][2]); + } + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} + +void test7() +{ + std::cout << "Express the current date:\n" << std::endl; + TQDate q = TQDate::tqcurrentDate(TQt::LocalTime); + ExtDate e = ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(TQt::TimeSpec(TQt::LocalTime)); + std::cout << "TQt::LocalTime :: ExtDate : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << " TQDate : " + << q.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl; + q = TQDate::tqcurrentDate(TQt::UTC); + e = ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(TQt::UTC); + std::cout << "TQt::UTC :: ExtDate : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << " TQDate : " + << q.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl; + q = TQDate::tqcurrentDate(); + e = ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(); + std::cout << "<default> :: ExtDate : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << " TQDate : " + << q.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl; + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} + +void test8() { + std::cout << "Set dates using days 1-32 for Jan and Feb (some will be invalid): \n" << std::endl; + std::cout << " TQDate : ExtDate" << std::endl; + + for ( uint m=1; m<=2; ++m ) { + for ( uint d=1; d<=32; ++d ) { + + TQDate test1( 2004, m, d ); + ExtDate test2( 2004, m, d ); + std::cout << test1.toString( "ddd dd.MMM.yy" ).local8Bit() << " : " + << test2.toString( "%a %d.%b.%y" ).local8Bit() << std::endl; + } + } + + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} + +void test9() { + std::cout << "TQDateTime : ExtDateTime: \n" << std::endl; + TQDateTime q = TQDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime(); + ExtDateTime e = ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime(); + + std::cout << q.toString().local8Bit() << " : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl; + std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl; +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + test1(); + test2(); + test3(); + test4(); + test5(); + test6(); + test7(); + test8(); + test9(); + exit(0); +} + diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6489cce --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + testwidget.h - description + ------------------- + begin : Sun Apr 11 2004 + copyright : (C) 2004 by Jason Harris + email : kstars@30doradus.org + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include <kdatepicker.h> +#include <kdatewidget.h> +#include <klineedit.h> +#include <tqlayout.h> +#include <tqlabel.h> + +#include "extdatepicker.h" +#include "extdatewidget.h" +#include "testwidget.h" + +TestWidget::TestWidget( TQWidget *p=0, const char *name=0 ) : KMainWindow( p, name ) { + TQWidget *w = new TQWidget(this); + + glay = new TQGridLayout(w, 3, 2); + + TQLabel *kdpLabel = new TQLabel( TQString("KDatePicker"), w ); + TQLabel *edpLabel = new TQLabel( TQString("ExtDatePicker"), w ); + kdp = new KDatePicker(w); + edp = new ExtDatePicker(w); + kdpEdit = new KLineEdit(w); + kdpEdit->setReadOnly( TRUE ); + edpEdit = new KLineEdit(w); + edpEdit->setReadOnly( TRUE ); + + kdw = new KDateWidget( TQDate::tqcurrentDate(), w ); + edw = new ExtDateWidget( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), w ); + + glay->addWidget( kdpLabel, 0, 0 ); + glay->addWidget( edpLabel, 0, 1 ); + glay->addWidget( kdp, 1, 0 ); + glay->addWidget( edp, 1, 1 ); + glay->addWidget( kdpEdit, 2, 0 ); + glay->addWidget( edpEdit, 2, 1 ); + glay->addWidget( kdw, 3, 0 ); + glay->addWidget( edw, 3, 1 ); + + setCentralWidget(w); + + connect( kdp, TQT_SIGNAL( dateChanged(TQDate) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotKDateChanged(TQDate) ) ); + connect( edp, TQT_SIGNAL( dateChanged(const ExtDate&) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotExtDateChanged(const ExtDate&) ) ); +} + +void TestWidget::slotKDateChanged(TQDate d) { + kdpEdit->setText( d.toString() ); +} + +void TestWidget::slotExtDateChanged(const ExtDate &d) { + edpEdit->setText( d.toString() ); +} + +#include "testwidget.moc" diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6ced942 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + testwidget.cpp - description + ------------------- + begin : Sun Apr 11 2004 + copyright : (C) 2004 by Jason Harris + email : kstars@30doradus.org + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef TESTWIDGET_H +#define TESTWIDGET_H + +#include <kmainwindow.h> + +class KDatePicker; +class KLineEdit; +class KDateWidget; +class ExtDatePicker; +class ExtDateWidget; +class TQGridLayout; +class TQDate; +class ExtDate; + +class TestWidget : public KMainWindow { + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT + public: + TestWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ); + ~TestWidget() {} + + public slots: + void slotKDateChanged(TQDate); + void slotExtDateChanged(const ExtDate&); + + private: + TQGridLayout *glay; + KDatePicker *kdp; + ExtDatePicker *edp; + ExtDateWidget *edw; + KDateWidget *kdw; + KLineEdit *kdpEdit, *edpEdit; +}; + +#endif //ifndef TESTWIDGET_H diff --git a/libtdeedu/ideas/README b/libtdeedu/ideas/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9277dd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/ideas/README @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +$Id$ + +This directory is about the coming kde edu libraries. + +Approved issues are located in "TODO". + +"Unofficial" and unsorted items go into the subdirectory "unsorted". +- Select a file describing your topic or create an appropriate new one. +- Write it there and add your name/email/date for in case of questions. + diff --git a/libtdeedu/ideas/TODO b/libtdeedu/ideas/TODO new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c127573e --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/ideas/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +$Id$ + +This file describes the roadmap for the kde edu libraries. diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70907966 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +INCLUDES= $(all_includes) +# there's nothing in tests for the moment, so I'm removing it from the compilation +#SUBDIRS = . tests +SUBDIRS = . + +lib_LTLIBRARIES = libtdeeducore.la + +libtdeeducore_la_SOURCES = keduvocdata.cpp +libtdeeducore_la_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) -no-undefined -version-info 3:0:2 + +libtdeeducode_includedir = $(includedir)/libtdeedu +libtdeeducode_include_HEADERS = keduvocdata.h + +libtdeeducore_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_TDECORE) + +METASOURCES = AUTO + diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca289f7d --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE Edu Library + Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Wheeler <wheeler@kde.org> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#include "keduvocdata.h" + +#include <tqfile.h> + +#include <kdebug.h> + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// class KEduVocDataItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// public methods + +KEduVocDataItem::KEduVocDataItem() +{ + +} + +KEduVocDataItem::KEduVocDataItem(TQDomElement &entry) +{ + domElement = entry; +} + +KEduVocDataItem::~KEduVocDataItem() +{ + +} + +TQString KEduVocDataItem::originalText() const +{ + return getText("o"); +} + +TQString KEduVocDataItem::translatedText() const +{ + return getText("t"); +} + +// protected methods + +TQString KEduVocDataItem::getText(const TQString &tagName) const +{ + if(!domElement.isNull()) { + + TQDomNodeList list = domElement.elementsByTagName(tagName); + + if(list.count() > 0) { + + TQDomElement element = list.item(0).toElement(); + + if(!element.isNull()) { + return element.text(); + } + else + return TQString(); + } + else + return TQString(); + } + else + return TQString(); +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// class KEduVocData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// public static methods + +KEduVocDataItemList KEduVocData::parse(const TQString &fileName) +{ + KEduVocDataItemList list; + + TQDomDocument document; + TQFile file(fileName); + document.setContent(&file); + + TQDomNodeList entries = document.elementsByTagName("e"); + + // loop through the "e" (entry) tags looking for data + for(uint i = 0 ; i < entries.count() ; i++) { + + // get an entry to operate on + TQDomElement entry = entries.item(i).toElement(); + + // if the "node" is in fact an element -- i.e. not null + if(!entry.isNull()) { + KEduVocDataItem item(entry); + list.append(item); + } + } + + return list; +} diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8ac6676 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE Edu Library + Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Wheeler <wheeler@kde.org> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef KEDUVOCDATA_H +#define KEDUVOCDATA_H + +#include <tqdom.h> +#include <tqvaluelist.h> +#include <kdemacros.h> + +class KDE_EXPORT KEduVocDataItem +{ +public: + KEduVocDataItem(); + KEduVocDataItem(TQDomElement &entry); + virtual ~KEduVocDataItem(); + + TQString originalText() const; + TQString translatedText() const; + +protected: + TQString getText(const TQString &tagName) const; + +private: + TQDomElement domElement; +}; + +typedef TQValueList<KEduVocDataItem> KEduVocDataItemList; + +class KDE_EXPORT KEduVocData +{ +public: + static KEduVocDataItemList parse(const TQString &fileName); +}; + +#endif // KEDUVOCDATA_H diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tdeeducore.kdevprj b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tdeeducore.kdevprj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5cd1dc62 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tdeeducore.kdevprj @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +[./Makefile.am] +files=./tdeeducore.kdevprj, +sub_dirs= +type=normal + +[./tdeeducore.kdevprj] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=DATA + +[Config for BinMakefileAm] +addcxxflags= +bin_program=tdeeducore +cflags= +cppflags= +cxxflags=\s-O0 +ldadd= +ldflags=\s +libtool_dir= +path_to_bin_program=. + +[General] +author=earnold +configure_args=\s--build=i386-linux --host=i386-linux --target=i386-linux\s +dir_where_make_will_be_called= +email=earnold@venus +kdevprj_version=1.3 +lfv_open_groups= +make_options=\s-j1 all\s +makefiles=./Makefile.am,Makefile.am,tests/Makefile.am +modifyMakefiles=false +project_name=tdeeducore +project_type=normal_empty +short_info= +sub_dir= +version=1.0 +version_control=CVS +workspace=1 + +[LFV Groups] +GNU=AUTHORS,COPYING,ChangeLog,INSTALL,README,TODO,NEWS, +Headers=*.h,*.hxx,*.hpp,*.H, +Others=*, +Sources=*.cpp,*.c,*.cc,*.C,*.cxx,*.ec,*.ecpp,*.lxx,*.l++,*.ll,*.l, +Translations=*.ts,*.po, +User Interface=*.ui,*.kdevdlg,*.rc, +groups=Headers,Sources,GNU,Translations,User Interface,Others + +[Makefile.am] +dist=true +files=Makefile.am,kedudata.cpp,kedudata.h +install=false +install_location= +sub_dirs=tests +type=static_library + +[kedudata.cpp] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=SOURCE + +[kedudata.h] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=HEADER + +[tests/Makefile.am] +dist=true +files=tests/loader.cpp,tests/Makefile.am +install=false +install_location= +sharedlib_LDFLAGS=-version-info 0:0:0 +sharedlib_rootname=tests +sub_dirs= +type=DATA + +[tests/loader.cpp] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=SOURCE diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df1a67b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +SUBDIRS = . +INCLUDES = -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/tdeeducore $(all_includes) + +check_PROGRAMS = loader + +#all: check + +loader_SOURCES = loader.cpp +loader_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) +loader_LDADD = ../libtdeeducore.la diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/loader.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/loader.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d793ca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/loader.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ + +int main (void) +{ + + + return 0; +} diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21b84f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +INCLUDES= $(all_includes) +SUBDIRS = . + +lib_LTLIBRARIES = libtdeeduplot.la + +libtdeeduplotincludedir = $(includedir)/libtdeedu +libtdeeduplotinclude_HEADERS = kplotobject.h kplotaxis.h kplotwidget.h + +libtdeeduplot_la_SOURCES = kplotobject.cpp kplotaxis.cpp kplotwidget.cpp + +libtdeeduplot_la_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) -no-undefined -version-info 3:0:2 +libtdeeduplot_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_TDECORE) $(LIB_QT) + +METASOURCES = AUTO + diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/README b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab695f9a --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/README @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +This library provides KPlotWidget and KPlotObject classes. + +KPlotWidget is a QWidget-derived class that provides a virtual baseclass +for easy data-plotting. The idea behind KPlotWidget is that you only have +to specify information in "data units"; i.e., the natural units of the +data being plotted. KPlotWidget automatically converts everything +to screen pixel units. + +KPlotWidget draws X and Y axes with tickmarks and tick labels. It +automatically determines how many tickmarks to use and where they should +be, based on the data limits specified for the plot. You change the limits +by calling setLimits( double x1, double x2, double y1, double y2 ), and +then calling updateTickmarks() to recompute the positions of tickmarks +and ticklabels. + +Data to be plotted are stored using the KPlotObject class. KPlotObject +consists of a QPtrList of DPoints, each specifying the X,Y coordinates +of a data point (DPoint is like QPoint, but the X and Y values are doubles +instead of ints). KPlotObject also specifies the "type" of data to be +plotted (POINTS or CURVE or POLYGON or LABEL). + +Jason Harris +kstars@30doradus.org diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69af4673 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + kplotaxis.cpp - An axis for the plot widget + ------------------- + begin : 16 June 2005 + copyright : (C) 2005 by Andreas Nicolai + email : Andreas.Nicolai@gmx.net + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include <tqpainter.h> +#include <kdebug.h> +#include <klocale.h> +#include "kplotaxis.h" + +KPlotAxis::KPlotAxis() : m_visible(true), m_labelFieldWidth(0), m_labelFmt('g'), + m_labelPrec(2) +{ +} + +KPlotAxis::KPlotAxis(const TQString& label) : m_visible(true), m_label(label), + m_labelFieldWidth(0), m_labelFmt('g'), m_labelPrec(2) +{ +} + diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3209b18c --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + kplotaxis.h - An axis for the plot widget + ------------------- + begin : 16 June 2005 + copyright : (C) 2005 by Andreas Nicolai + email : Andreas.Nicolai@gmx.net + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef KPLOTAXIS_H +#define KPLOTAXIS_H + +#include <tqstring.h> + +#include <kdemacros.h> + +/**class KPlotAxis + *@short Contains all data for drawing an axis including format specification axis labels. + *@author Andreas Nicolai + *@version 1.0 + */ +class KDE_EXPORT KPlotAxis { +public: + + /**@short Default constructor, creates a default axis. */ + KPlotAxis(); + + /**@short Constructor, constructs a labeled axis. */ + KPlotAxis(const TQString& label); + + /**@short Destructor. */ + virtual ~KPlotAxis() {} + + /**@short Returns whether the axis is visible or not. */ + virtual bool isVisible() const { return m_visible; } + + /**@short Sets the "visible" property of the axis. */ + virtual void setVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; } + + /**@short Shows the axis (axis will be shown at next update of plot widget). */ + virtual void show() { m_visible = true; } + + /**@short Hides the axis (axis will be hidden at next update of plot widget). */ + virtual void hide() { m_visible = false; } + + /**@short Sets the axis label. + *@param label A short string describing the data plotted on the axis. + *Set the label to an empty string to omit the axis label. + */ + virtual void setLabel( const TQString& label ) { m_label = label; } + + /**@short Returns the axis label. */ + virtual TQString label() const { return m_label; } + + /**@short Set the number format for the tick labels, see TQString::arg() for + description of arguments. + */ + virtual void setLabelFormat(int fieldWidth, char fmt = 'g', int prec=-1) { + m_labelFieldWidth = fieldWidth; m_labelFmt = fmt; m_labelPrec = prec; } + + /**@short Returns the field width of the tick labels. */ + virtual int labelFieldWidth() const { return m_labelFieldWidth; } + + /**@short Returns the number format of the tick labels. */ + virtual char labelFmt() const { return m_labelFmt; } + + /**@short Returns the number precision of the tick labels. */ + virtual int labelPrec() const { return m_labelPrec; } + +private: + bool m_visible; ///< Property "visible" defines if Axis is drawn or not. + TQString m_label; ///< The label of the axis. + int m_labelFieldWidth; ///< Field width for number labels, see TQString::arg(). + char m_labelFmt; ///< Number format for number labels, see TQString::arg(). + int m_labelPrec; ///< Number precision for number labels, see TQString::arg(). +}; + +#endif // KPLOTAXIS_H diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5aaf8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + kplotobject.cpp - A list of points to be plotted + ------------------- + begin : Sun 18 May 2003 + copyright : (C) 2003 by Jason Harris + email : kstars@30doradus.org + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include <tqpainter.h> +#include <kdebug.h> +#include "kplotobject.h" + +KPlotObject::KPlotObject() { + KPlotObject( "", "white", POINTS ); +} + +KPlotObject::KPlotObject( const TQString &n, const TQString &c, PTYPE t, unsigned int s, unsigned int p ) { + //We use the set functions because they may include data validation + setName( n ); + setColor( c ); + setType( t ); + setSize( s ); + setParam( p ); + + pList.setAutoDelete( true ); +} + +KPlotObject::~KPlotObject() +{ +} + +void KPlotObject::removePoint( unsigned int index ) { + if ( index > pList.count() - 1 ) { + kdWarning() << "Ignoring attempt to remove non-existent plot object" << endl; + return; + } + + pList.remove( index ); +} + diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1074cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + kplotobject.h - A list of points to be plotted + ------------------- + begin : Sun 18 May 2003 + copyright : (C) 2003 by Jason Harris + email : kstars@30doradus.org + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef KPLOTOBJECT_H +#define KPLOTOBJECT_H + + +class TQString; +class TQPainter; + +#include <kdemacros.h> + +/**class DRect + *@short equivalent of TQRect with double x,y coordinates + *@author Jason Harris + *@version 1.0 + */ +class KDE_EXPORT DRect { +public: + DRect() { DRect( 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0 ); } + DRect( double x, double y, double w, double h ) { X = x; Y = y; W = w; H = h; } + ~DRect() {} + + double x() const { return X; } + double y() const { return Y; } + double x2() const { return X + W; } + double y2() const { return Y + H; } + double width() const { return W; } + double height() const { return H; } + + void setX( double x ) { X = x; } + void setY( double y ) { Y = y; } + void setWidth( double w ) { W = w; } + void setHeight( double h ) { H = h; } + +private: + double X,Y,W,H; +}; + +/**class DPoint + *@short equivalent of TQPoint with double x,y coordinates + *@author Jason Harris + *@version 1.0 + */ +class KDE_EXPORT DPoint { +public: + DPoint() { DPoint( 0.0, 0.0 ); } + DPoint( double x, double y ) { setX( x ); setY( y ); } + ~DPoint() {} + + double x() const { return X; } + double y() const { return Y; } + + TQPoint qpoint( TQRect pb, DRect db ) { + int px = pb.left() + int( pb.width()*( x() - db.x() )/db.width() ); + int py = pb.top() + int( pb.height()*( db.y2() - y() )/db.height() ); + return TQPoint( px, py ); + } + + void setX( double x ) { X = x; } + void setY( double y ) { Y = y; } + +private: + double X, Y; +}; + +/**@class KPlotObject + *@short Encapsulates an object to be plotted in a KPlotWidget. + *@author Jason Harris + *@version 1.0 + *Each KPlotObject consists of a list of TQPoints, an object type, a color, a size, + *and a TQString name. An additional integer (param) specifies something further + *about the object's appearance, depending on its type. There is a draw function + *for plotting the object on a KPlotWidget's TQPainter. + */ +class KDE_EXPORT KPlotObject{ +public: +/**@enum PTYPE + *The Type classification of the KPlotObject + */ + enum PTYPE { POINTS=0, CURVE=1, LABEL=2, POLYGON=3, UNKNOWN_TYPE }; + +/**@enum PPARAM + *Parameter specifying the kind of points + */ + enum PPARAM { DOT=0, CIRCLE=1, SQUARE=2, LETTER=3, UNKNOWN_POINT }; + +/**@enum CPARAM + *Parameter specifying the kind of line. These are numerically equal to + *the TQt::PenStyle enum values. + */ + enum CPARAM { NO_LINE=0, SOLID=1, DASHED=2, DOTTED=3, DASHDOTTED=4, DASHDOTDOTTED=5, UNKNOWN_CURVE }; + +/**Default constructor. Create a POINTS-type object with an empty list of points. + */ + KPlotObject(); + +/**Constructor. Create a KPlotObject according to the arguments. + */ + KPlotObject( const TQString &name, const TQString &color, PTYPE otype, unsigned int size=2, unsigned int param=0 ); + +/**Destructor (empty) + */ + ~KPlotObject(); + +/**@return the KPlotObject's Name + */ + TQString name() const { return Name; } + +/**@short set the KPlotObject's Name + *@param n the new name + */ + void setName( const TQString &n ) { Name = n; } + +/**@return the KPlotObject's Color + */ + TQString color() const { return Color; } + +/**@short set the KPlotObject's Color + *@param c the new color + */ + void setColor( const TQString &c ) { Color = c; } + +/**@return the KPlotObject's Type + */ + PTYPE type() const { return Type; } + +/**@short set the KPlotObject's Type + *@param t the new type + */ + void setType( PTYPE t ) { Type = t; } + +/**@return the KPlotObject's Size + */ + unsigned int size() const { return Size; } + +/**@short set the KPlotObject's Size + *@param s the new size + */ + void setSize( unsigned int s ) { Size = s; } + +/**@return the KPlotObject's type-specific Parameter + *Parameter is an unsigned int because it can either be a PPARAM or a CPARAM enum. + */ + unsigned int param() const { return Parameter; } + +/**@short set the KPlotObject's type-specific Parameter + *@param p the new parameter + *Parameter is an unsigned int because it can either be a PPARAM or a CPARAM enum. + */ + void setParam( unsigned int p ) { Parameter = p; } + +/**@return a pointer to the DPoint at position i + *@param i the index of the desired point. + */ + DPoint* point( unsigned int i ) { return pList.at(i); } + + TQPtrList<DPoint>* points() { return &pList; } + +/**@short Add a point to the object's list. + *@param p the DPoint to add. + */ + void addPoint( const DPoint &p ) { pList.append( new DPoint( p.x(), p.y() ) ); } + +/**@short Add a point to the object's list. This is an overloaded function, + *provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. + *@param p pointer to the DPoint to add. + */ + void addPoint( DPoint *p ) { pList.append( p ); } + +/**@short remove the TQPoint at position index from the list of points + *@param index the index of the point to be removed. + */ + void removePoint( unsigned int index ); + +/**@return the number of TQPoints currently in the list + */ + unsigned int count() const { return pList.count(); } + +/**@short clear the Object's points list + */ + void clearPoints() { pList.clear(); } + +private: + TQPtrList<DPoint> pList; + PTYPE Type; + unsigned int Size, Parameter; + TQString Color, Name; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f13de6e --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + kplotwidget.cpp - A widget for plotting in KStars + ------------------- + begin : Sun 18 May 2003 + copyright : (C) 2003 by Jason Harris + email : kstars@30doradus.org + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include <math.h> //for log10(), pow(), modf() +#include <kdebug.h> +#include <tqpainter.h> +#include <tqpixmap.h> + +#include "kplotwidget.h" +#include "kplotwidget.moc" + +KPlotWidget::KPlotWidget( double x1, double x2, double y1, double y2, TQWidget *parent, const char* name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name, WNoAutoErase ), + dXtick(0.0), dYtick(0.0), + nmajX(0), nminX(0), nmajY(0), nminY(0), + ShowTickMarks( true ), ShowTickLabels( true ), ShowGrid( false ) + { + setBackgroundMode( TQWidget::NoBackground ); + + //set DataRect + setLimits( x1, x2, y1, y2 ); + setDefaultPadding(); + + //Set PixRect (starts at (0,0) because we will translate by leftPadding(), topPadding() ) + PixRect = TQRect( 0, 0, width() - leftPadding() - rightPadding(), + height() - topPadding() - bottomPadding() ); + + buffer = new TQPixmap(); + + //default colors: + setBGColor( TQColor( "black" ) ); + setFGColor( TQColor( "white" ) ); + setGridColor( TQColor( "grey" ) ); + + ObjectList.setAutoDelete( true ); +} + +KPlotWidget::~KPlotWidget() +{ + delete (buffer); +} + +void KPlotWidget::setLimits( double x1, double x2, double y1, double y2 ) { + double XA1, XA2, YA1, YA2; + if (x2<x1) { XA1=x2; XA2=x1; } + else { XA1=x1; XA2=x2; } + if ( y2<y1) { YA1=y2; YA2=y1; } + else { YA1=y1; YA2=y2; } + + DataRect = DRect( XA1, YA1, XA2-XA1, YA2-YA1 ); + updateTickmarks(); +} + +void KPlotWidget::updateTickmarks() { + // Determine the number and spacing of tickmarks for the current plot limits. + if ( dataWidth() == 0.0 ) { + kdWarning() << "X range invalid! " << x() << " to " << x2() << endl; + DataRect.setWidth( 1.0 ); + return; + } + if ( dataHeight() == 0.0 ) { + kdWarning() << "Y range invalid! " << y() << " to " << y2() << endl; + DataRect.setHeight( 1.0 ); + return; + } + + int nmajor(0), nminor(0); + double z(0.0), z2(0.0); + double Range(0.0), s(0.0), t(0.0), pwr(0.0), dTick(0.0); + + //loop over X and Y axes...the z variables substitute for either X or Y + for ( unsigned int iaxis=0; iaxis<2; ++iaxis ) { + if ( iaxis == 1 ) { + z = x(); z2 = x2(); + } else { + z = y(); z2 = y2(); + } + + //determine size of region to be drawn, in draw units + Range = z2 - z; + + //s is the power-of-ten factor of Range: + //Range = t * s; s = 10^(pwr). e.g., Range=350.0 then t=3.5, s = 100.0; pwr = 2.0 + modf( log10(Range), &pwr ); + s = pow( 10.0, pwr ); + t = Range/s; + + //adjust s and t such that t is between 3 and 5: + if ( t < 3.0 ) { t *= 10.0; s /= 10.0; } //t now btwn 3 and 30 + if ( t < 6.0 ) { //accept current values + dTick = s; + nmajor = int(t); + nminor = 5; + } else if ( t < 10.0 ) { //factor of 2 + dTick = s*2.0; + nmajor = int(t/2.0); + nminor = 4; + } else if ( t < 20.0 ) { //factor of 4 + dTick = s*4.0; + nmajor = int(t/4.0); + nminor = 4; + } else { //factor of 5 + dTick = s*5.0; + nmajor = int(t/5.0); + nminor = 5; + } + + if ( iaxis==1 ) { //X axis + nmajX = nmajor; + nminX = nminor; + dXtick = dTick; + } else { //Y axis + nmajY = nmajor; + nminY = nminor; + dYtick = dTick; + } + } //end for iaxis +} + +void KPlotWidget::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* /* e */ ) { + int newWidth = width() - leftPadding() - rightPadding(); + int newHeight = height() - topPadding() - bottomPadding(); + PixRect = TQRect( 0, 0, newWidth, newHeight ); + + buffer->resize( width(), height() ); +} + +void KPlotWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent* /* e */ ) { + TQPainter p; + + p.begin( buffer ); + p.fillRect( 0, 0, width(), height(), bgColor() ); + p.translate( leftPadding(), topPadding() ); + + drawObjects( &p ); + drawBox( &p ); + + p.end(); + bitBlt( this, 0, 0, buffer ); +} + +void KPlotWidget::drawObjects( TQPainter *p ) { + for ( KPlotObject *po = ObjectList.first(); po; po = ObjectList.next() ) { + + if ( po->points()->count() ) { + //draw the plot object + p->setPen( TQColor( po->color() ) ); + + switch ( po->type() ) { + case KPlotObject::POINTS : + { + p->setBrush( TQColor( po->color() ) ); + + for ( DPoint *dp = po->points()->first(); dp; dp = po->points()->next() ) { + TQPoint q = dp->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect ); + int x1 = q.x() - po->size()/2; + int y1 = q.y() - po->size()/2; + + switch( po->param() ) { + case KPlotObject::CIRCLE : p->drawEllipse( x1, y1, po->size(), po->size() ); break; + case KPlotObject::SQUARE : p->drawRect( x1, y1, po->size(), po->size() ); break; + case KPlotObject::LETTER : p->drawText( q, po->name().left(1) ); break; + default: p->drawPoint( q ); + } + } + + p->setBrush( TQt::NoBrush ); + break; + } + + case KPlotObject::CURVE : + { + p->setPen( TQPen( TQColor( po->color() ), po->size(), (TQPen::PenStyle)po->param() ) ); + DPoint *dp = po->points()->first(); + p->moveTo( dp->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect ) ); + for ( dp = po->points()->next(); dp; dp = po->points()->next() ) + p->lineTo( dp->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect ) ); + break; + } + + case KPlotObject::LABEL : //draw label centered at point in x, and slightly below point in y. + { + TQPoint q = po->points()->first()->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect ); + p->drawText( q.x()-20, q.y()+6, 40, 10, TQt::AlignCenter | TQt::DontClip, po->name() ); + break; + } + + case KPlotObject::POLYGON : + { + p->setPen( TQPen( TQColor( po->color() ), po->size(), (TQPen::PenStyle)po->param() ) ); + p->setBrush( TQColor( po->color() ) ); + + TQPointArray a( po->count() ); + + unsigned int i=0; + for ( DPoint *dp = po->points()->first(); dp; dp = po->points()->next() ) + a.setPoint( i++, dp->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect ) ); + + p->drawPolygon( a ); + break; + } + + case KPlotObject::UNKNOWN_TYPE : break; + } + } + } +} + +double KPlotWidget::dmod( double a, double b ) { return ( b * ( ( a / b ) - int( a / b ) ) ); } + +void KPlotWidget::drawBox( TQPainter *p ) { + //First, fill in padding region with bgColor() to mask out-of-bounds plot data + p->setPen( bgColor() ); + p->setBrush( bgColor() ); + + //left padding ( don't forget: we have translated by XPADDING, YPADDING ) + p->drawRect( -leftPadding(), -topPadding(), leftPadding(), height() ); + + //right padding + p->drawRect( PixRect.width(), -topPadding(), rightPadding(), height() ); + + //top padding + p->drawRect( 0, -topPadding(), PixRect.width(), topPadding() ); + + //bottom padding + p->drawRect( 0, PixRect.height(), PixRect.width(), bottomPadding() ); + + if ( ShowGrid ) { + //Grid lines are placed at locations of primary axes' major tickmarks + p->setPen( gridColor() ); + + //vertical grid lines + double x0 = x() - dmod( x(), dXtick ); //zeropoint; x(i) is this plus i*dXtick1 + for ( int ix = 0; ix <= nmajX+1; ix++ ) { + int px = int( PixRect.width() * ( (x0 + ix*dXtick - x())/dataWidth() ) ); + p->drawLine( px, 0, px, PixRect.height() ); + } + + //horizontal grid lines + double y0 = y() - dmod( y(), dYtick ); //zeropoint; y(i) is this plus i*mX + for ( int iy = 0; iy <= nmajY+1; iy++ ) { + int py = PixRect.height() - int( PixRect.height() * ( (y0 + iy*dYtick - y())/dataHeight() ) ); + p->drawLine( 0, py, PixRect.width(), py ); + } + } + + p->setPen( fgColor() ); + p->setBrush( TQt::NoBrush ); + + if (BottomAxis.isVisible() || LeftAxis.isVisible()) p->drawRect( PixRect ); //box outline + + if ( ShowTickMarks ) { + //spacing between minor tickmarks (in data units) + double dminX = dXtick/nminX; + double dminY = dYtick/nminY; + + //set small font for tick labels + TQFont f = p->font(); + int s = f.pointSize(); + f.setPointSize( s - 2 ); + p->setFont( f ); + + //--- Draw bottom X Axis ---// + if (BottomAxis.isVisible()) { + // Draw X tickmarks + double x0 = x() - dmod( x(), dXtick ); //zeropoint; tickmark i is this plus i*dXtick (in data units) + if ( x() < 0.0 ) x0 -= dXtick; + + for ( int ix = 0; ix <= nmajX+1; ix++ ) { + //position of tickmark i (in screen units) + int px = int( PixRect.width() * ( (x0 + ix*dXtick - x() )/dataWidth() ) ); + + if ( px > 0 && px < PixRect.width() ) { + p->drawLine( px, PixRect.height() - 2, px, PixRect.height() - BIGTICKSIZE - 2 ); + p->drawLine( px, 0, px, BIGTICKSIZE ); + } + + //tick label + if ( ShowTickLabels ) { + double lab = x0 + ix*dXtick; + if ( fabs(lab)/dXtick < 0.00001 ) lab = 0.0; //fix occassional roundoff error with "0.0" label + + TQString str = TQString( "%1" ).tqarg( lab, BottomAxis.labelFieldWidth(), BottomAxis.labelFmt(), BottomAxis.labelPrec() ); + if ( px > 0 && px < PixRect.width() ) { + TQRect r( px - BIGTICKSIZE, PixRect.height()+BIGTICKSIZE, 2*BIGTICKSIZE, BIGTICKSIZE ); + p->drawText( r, TQt::AlignCenter | TQt::DontClip, str ); + } + } + + //draw minor ticks + for ( int j=0; j < nminX; j++ ) { + //position of minor tickmark j (in screen units) + int pmin = int( px + PixRect.width()*j*dminX/dataWidth() ); + + if ( pmin > 0 && pmin < PixRect.width() ) { + p->drawLine( pmin, PixRect.height() - 2, pmin, PixRect.height() - SMALLTICKSIZE - 2 ); + p->drawLine( pmin, 0, pmin, SMALLTICKSIZE ); + } + } + } // end draw X tickmarks + + // Draw X Axis Label + if ( ! BottomAxis.label().isEmpty() ) { + TQRect r( 0, PixRect.height() + 2*YPADDING, PixRect.width(), YPADDING ); + p->drawText( r, TQt::AlignCenter, BottomAxis.label() ); + } + + } + + //--- Draw left Y Axis ---// + if (LeftAxis.isVisible()) { + // Draw Y tickmarks + double y0 = y() - dmod( y(), dYtick ); //zeropoint; tickmark i is this plus i*dYtick1 (in data units) + if ( y() < 0.0 ) y0 -= dYtick; + + for ( int iy = 0; iy <= nmajY+1; iy++ ) { + //position of tickmark i (in screen units) + int py = PixRect.height() - int( PixRect.height() * ( (y0 + iy*dYtick - y())/dataHeight() ) ); + if ( py > 0 && py < PixRect.height() ) { + p->drawLine( 0, py, BIGTICKSIZE, py ); + p->drawLine( PixRect.width()-2, py, PixRect.width()-BIGTICKSIZE-2, py ); + } + + //tick label + if ( ShowTickLabels ) { + double lab = y0 + iy*dYtick; + if ( fabs(lab)/dYtick < 0.00001 ) lab = 0.0; //fix occassional roundoff error with "0.0" label + + TQString str = TQString( "%1" ).tqarg( lab, LeftAxis.labelFieldWidth(), LeftAxis.labelFmt(), LeftAxis.labelPrec() ); + if ( py > 0 && py < PixRect.height() ) { + TQRect r( -2*BIGTICKSIZE, py-SMALLTICKSIZE, 2*BIGTICKSIZE, 2*SMALLTICKSIZE ); + p->drawText( r, TQt::AlignCenter | TQt::DontClip, str ); + } + } + + //minor ticks + for ( int j=0; j < nminY; j++ ) { + //position of minor tickmark j (in screen units) + int pmin = int( py - PixRect.height()*j*dminY/dataHeight() ); + if ( pmin > 0 && pmin < PixRect.height() ) { + p->drawLine( 0, pmin, SMALLTICKSIZE, pmin ); + p->drawLine( PixRect.width()-2, pmin, PixRect.width()-SMALLTICKSIZE-2, pmin ); + } + } + } // end draw Y tickmarks + + //Draw Y Axis Label. We need to draw the text sideways. + if ( ! LeftAxis.label().isEmpty() ) { + //store current painter translation/rotation state + p->save(); + + //translate coord sys to left corner of axis label rectangle, then rotate 90 degrees. + p->translate( -3*XPADDING, PixRect.height() ); + p->rotate( -90.0 ); + + TQRect r( 0, 0, PixRect.height(), XPADDING ); + p->drawText( r, TQt::AlignCenter, LeftAxis.label() ); //draw the label, now that we are sideways + + p->restore(); //restore translation/rotation state + } + } + + } //end if ( ShowTickMarks ) + + +} + +int KPlotWidget::leftPadding() const { + if ( LeftPadding >= 0 ) return LeftPadding; + if ( ! LeftAxis.label().isEmpty() && ShowTickLabels ) return 3*XPADDING; + if ( ! LeftAxis.label().isEmpty() || ShowTickLabels ) return 2*XPADDING; + return XPADDING; +} + +int KPlotWidget::rightPadding() const { + if ( RightPadding >= 0 ) return RightPadding; + return XPADDING; +} + +int KPlotWidget::topPadding() const { + if ( TopPadding >= 0 ) return TopPadding; + return YPADDING; +} + +int KPlotWidget::bottomPadding() const { + if ( BottomPadding >= 0 ) return BottomPadding; + if ( ! BottomAxis.label().isEmpty() && ShowTickLabels ) return 3*YPADDING; + if ( ! BottomAxis.label().isEmpty() || ShowTickLabels ) return 2*YPADDING; + return YPADDING; +} + diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c886bbaf --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.h @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + kplotwidget.h - A generic data-plotting widget + ------------------- + begin : Sun 18 May 2003 + copyright : (C) 2003 by Jason Harris + email : kstars@30doradus.org + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _KPLOTWIDGET_H_ +#define _KPLOTWIDGET_H_ + +#include <tqwidget.h> +#include "kplotobject.h" +#include "kplotaxis.h" + +#define BIGTICKSIZE 10 +#define SMALLTICKSIZE 4 +#define XPADDING 20 +#define YPADDING 20 + +class TQColor; +class TQPixmap; + +/**@class KPlotWidget + *@short Genric data plotting widget. + *@author Jason Harris + *@version 1.1 + *Widget for drawing plots. Includes adjustable axes (KPlotAxis) with + *tickmarks and labels and a list of KPlotObjects to be drawn. + */ + +class KDE_EXPORT KPlotWidget : public TQWidget { + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT +public: + /**@short Constructor. Sets the primary x and y limits in data units. + *@param x1 the minimum X value in data units + *@param x2 the maximum X value in data units + *@param y1 the minimum Y value in data units + *@param y2 the maximum Y value in data units + *@param parent the parent widget + *@param name name label for the KPlotWidget + */ + KPlotWidget( double x1=0.0, double x2=1.0, double y1=0.0, double y2=1.0, TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0 ); + + /**Destructor (empty) + */ + virtual ~KPlotWidget(); + + /**@short Determine the placement of major and minor tickmarks, + *based on the current Limit settings + */ + virtual void updateTickmarks(); + + /**@short Reset the data limits. + *@param x1 the minimum X value in data units + *@param x2 the maximum X value in data units + *@param y1 the minimum Y value in data units + *@param y2 the maximum Y value in data units + */ + virtual void setLimits( double x1, double x2, double y1, double y2 ); + + /**@return the minimum X value in data units*/ + virtual double x() const { return DataRect.x(); } + + /**@return the maximum X value in data units*/ + virtual double x2() const { return DataRect.x2(); } + + /**@return the minimum Y value in data units*/ + virtual double y() const { return DataRect.y(); } + + /**@return the maximum Y value in data units*/ + virtual double y2() const { return DataRect.y2(); } + + /**@return the width in data units*/ + virtual double dataWidth() const { return DataRect.width(); } + + /**@return the height in data units*/ + virtual double dataHeight() const { return DataRect.height(); } + + /**@short Add an item to the list of KPlotObjects to be plotted. + *@param o pointer to the KPlotObject to be added + */ + virtual void addObject( KPlotObject *o ) { ObjectList.append( o ); } + + /**@short Remove all items from the list of KPlotObjects + */ + virtual void clearObjectList() { ObjectList.clear(); update(); } + + /**@short replace an item in the KPlotObject list. + *@param i the index of th item to be replaced + *@param o pointer to the replacement KPlotObject + */ + virtual void replaceObject( int i, KPlotObject *o ) { ObjectList.replace( i, o ); } + + /**@return the number of KPlotObjects in the list + */ + virtual int objectCount() const { return ObjectList.count(); } + + /**@return a pointer to a specific KPlotObject in the list + *@param i the index of the desired KPlotObject + */ + virtual KPlotObject *object( int i ) { return ObjectList.at(i); } + + /**@return the background color */ + virtual TQColor bgColor() const { return cBackground; } + + /**@return the foreground color */ + virtual TQColor fgColor() const { return cForeground; } + + /**@return the grid color */ + virtual TQColor gridColor() const { return cGrid; } + + /**@short set the background color + *@param bg the new background color + */ + virtual void setBGColor( const TQColor &bg ) { cBackground = bg; setBackgroundColor( bg ); } + + /**@short set the foreground color + *@param fg the new foreground color + */ + virtual void setFGColor( const TQColor &fg ) { cForeground = fg; } + + /**@short set the grid color + *@param gc the new grid color + */ + virtual void setGridColor( const TQColor &gc ) { cGrid = gc; } + + /**@short toggle whether plot axes are drawn. + *@param show if true, axes will be drawn. + *The axes are just a box outline around the plot. + */ + virtual void setShowAxes( bool show ) { BottomAxis.setVisible(show); LeftAxis.setVisible(show); } + /**@short toggle whether tick marks are drawn along the axes. + *@param show if true, tick marks will be drawn. + */ + virtual void setShowTickMarks( bool show ) { ShowTickMarks = show; } + /**@short toggle whether tick labels are drawn at major tickmarks. + *@param show if true, tick labels will be drawn. + */ + virtual void setShowTickLabels( bool show ) { ShowTickLabels = show; } + /**@short toggle whether grid lines are drawn at major tickmarks. + *@param show if true, grid lines will be drawn. + */ + virtual void setShowGrid( bool show ) { ShowGrid = show; } + + /**@short (Deprecated) Sets the X-axis label + *@param xlabel a short string describing the data plotted on the x-axis. + *Set the label to an empty string to omit the axis label. + *This function is deprecated, set the label property in the BottomAxis directly. + */ + virtual void setXAxisLabel( TQString xlabel ) { BottomAxis.setLabel(xlabel); } + /**@short (Deprecated) Sets the Y-axis label + *@param ylabel a short string describing the data plotted on the y-axis. + *Set the label to an empty string to omit the axis label. + *This function is deprecated, set the label property in the LeftAxis directly. + */ + virtual void setYAxisLabel( TQString ylabel ) { LeftAxis.setLabel(ylabel); } + + /**@returns the number of pixels to the left of the plot area. Padding values + *are set to -1 by default; if unchanged, this function will try to guess + *a good value, based on whether ticklabels and/or axis labels are to be drawn. + */ + virtual int leftPadding() const; + /**@returns the number of pixels to the right of the plot area. + *Padding values are set to -1 by default; if unchanged, this function will try to guess + *a good value, based on whether ticklabels and/or axis labels are to be drawn. + */ + virtual int rightPadding() const; + /**@returns the number of pixels above the plot area. + *Padding values are set to -1 by default; if unchanged, this function will try to guess + *a good value, based on whether ticklabels and/or axis labels are to be drawn. + */ + virtual int topPadding() const; + /**@returns the number of pixels below the plot area. + *Padding values are set to -1 by default; if unchanged, this function will try to guess + *a good value, based on whether ticklabels and/or axis labels are to be drawn. + */ + virtual int bottomPadding() const; + + /**@short set the number of pixels to the left of the plot area. + *Set this to -1 to revert to automatic determination of padding values. + */ + virtual void setLeftPadding( int pad ) { LeftPadding = pad; } + /**@short set the number of pixels to the right of the plot area. + *Set this to -1 to revert to automatic determination of padding values. + */ + virtual void setRightPadding( int pad ) { RightPadding = pad; } + /**@short set the number of pixels above the plot area. + *Set this to -1 to revert to automatic determination of padding values. + */ + virtual void setTopPadding( int pad ) { TopPadding = pad; } + /**@short set the number of pixels below the plot area. + *Set this to -1 to revert to automatic determination of padding values. + */ + virtual void setBottomPadding( int pad ) { BottomPadding = pad; } + + /**@short revert all four padding values to be automatically determined. */ + virtual void setDefaultPadding() { LeftPadding = -1; RightPadding = -1; TopPadding = -1; BottomPadding = -1; } + + /**@short The bottom X axis. */ + KPlotAxis BottomAxis; + /**@short The left Y axis. */ + KPlotAxis LeftAxis; + +protected: + /**@short the paint event handler, executed when update() or tqrepaint() is called. + */ + virtual void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent* /* e */ ); + + /**@short the resize event handler, called when the widget is resized. + */ + virtual void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* /* e */ ); + + /**@short draws all of the objects onto the widget. Internal use only; one should simply call update() + *to draw the widget with axes and all objects. + *@param p pointer to the painter on which we are drawing + */ + virtual void drawObjects( TQPainter *p ); + + /**@short draws the plot axes and axis labels. Internal use only; one should simply call update() + *to draw the widget with axes and all objects. + *@param p pointer to the painter on which we are drawing + */ + virtual void drawBox( TQPainter *p ); + + /**@short modulus function for double variables. + *For example, dmod( 17.0, 7.0 ) returns 3.0 + *@return the remainder after dividing b into a. + */ + double dmod( double a, double b ); + + //The distance between major tickmarks in data units + double dXtick, dYtick; + //The number of major and minor tickmarks to be plotted in X and Y + int nmajX, nminX, nmajY, nminY; + + //Limits of the plot area in pixel units + TQRect PixRect; + //Limits of the plot area in data units + DRect DataRect; + //List of KPlotObjects + TQPtrList<KPlotObject> ObjectList; + + //Colors + TQColor cBackground, cForeground, cGrid; + //draw options + bool ShowTickMarks, ShowTickLabels, ShowGrid; + //padding + int LeftPadding, RightPadding, TopPadding, BottomPadding; + + TQPixmap *buffer; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ebedbab --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +INCLUDES= $(all_includes) +SUBDIRS = . tests + +lib_LTLIBRARIES = libtdeeduui.la + +libtdeeduui_la_SOURCES = \ + kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui tdeeduglossary.cpp + +libtdeeduuiincludedir = $(includedir)/libtdeedu +libtdeeduuiinclude_HEADERS = tdeeduglossary.h + +libtdeeduui_la_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) -no-undefined -version-info 3:5:0 +libtdeeduui_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_TDECORE) $(LIB_KIO) $(LIB_TDEUI) $(LIB_KHTML) + +METASOURCES = AUTO + diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89f8412c --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +#include "kedusimpleentrydlg.h" + +#include "kedusimpleentrydlg.moc" diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d84fe00c --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#ifndef kedusimpleentrydlg_included +#define kedusimpleentrydlg_included + + +#include "kedusimpleentrydlgForm.h" + +class KEduSimpleEntryDlg : public KEduSimpleEntryDlgForm +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT + + public: + + + + + +}; + +#endif // kedusimpleentrydlg_included diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45ab6c3f --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.0" stdsetdef="1"> +<class>KEduSimpleEntryDlgForm</class> +<widget class="TQDialog"> + <property name="name"> + <cstring>Simple_entry_dialog</cstring> + </property> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>592</width> + <height>480</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="caption"> + <string>Simple Entry Dialog</string> + </property> + <widget class="TQLineEdit"> + <property name="name"> + <cstring>e_original</cstring> + </property> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>40</x> + <y>80</y> + <width>511</width> + <height>40</height> + </rect> + </property> + </widget> + <widget class="TQLineEdit"> + <property name="name"> + <cstring>e_translation</cstring> + </property> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>40</x> + <y>180</y> + <width>511</width> + <height>40</height> + </rect> + </property> + </widget> + <widget class="TQPushButton"> + <property name="name"> + <cstring>PushButton1</cstring> + </property> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>50</x> + <y>360</y> + <width>91</width> + <height>41</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>&OK</string> + </property> + </widget> + <widget class="TQPushButton"> + <property name="name"> + <cstring>PushButton1_2</cstring> + </property> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>460</x> + <y>360</y> + <width>91</width> + <height>41</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>C&ancel</string> + </property> + </widget> + <widget class="TQLabel"> + <property name="name"> + <cstring>TextLabel1</cstring> + </property> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>40</x> + <y>50</y> + <width>171</width> + <height>21</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>Original:</string> + </property> + </widget> + <widget class="TQLabel"> + <property name="name"> + <cstring>TextLabel1_2</cstring> + </property> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>40</x> + <y>150</y> + <width>171</width> + <height>21</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>Translation:</string> + </property> + </widget> +</widget> +<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/> +</UI> diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e405abf --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include "tdeeduglossary.h" + +#include <kdebug.h> +#include <klocale.h> +#include <kiconloader.h> +#include <khtml_part.h> +#include <khtmlview.h> +#include <kglobal.h> +#include <klistview.h> +#include <klistviewsearchline.h> +#include <kstandarddirs.h> +#include <kactioncollection.h> + +#include <tqfile.h> +#include <tqlabel.h> +#include <tqheader.h> +#include <tqlayout.h> +#include <tqpushbutton.h> +#include <tqsplitter.h> +#include <tqstringlist.h> +#include <tqtoolbutton.h> + +Glossary::Glossary() +{ + // setting a generic name for a new glossary + m_name = i18n( "Glossary" ); +} + +Glossary::~Glossary() +{ +} + +bool Glossary::loadLayout( TQDomDocument &Document, const KURL& url ) +{ + TQFile layoutFile( url.path() ); + + if (!layoutFile.exists()) + { + kdDebug() << "no such file: " << layoutFile.name() << endl; + return false; + } + + if (!layoutFile.open(IO_ReadOnly)) + return false; + + ///Check if document is well-formed + if (!Document.setContent(&layoutFile)) + { + kdDebug() << "wrong xml" << endl; + layoutFile.close(); + return false; + } + layoutFile.close(); + + return true; +} + +bool Glossary::isEmpty() const +{ + return m_itemlist.count() == 0; +} + + +Glossary* Glossary::readFromXML( const KURL& url, const TQString& path ) +{ + TQDomDocument doc( "document" ); + + Glossary *glossary = new Glossary(); + + glossary->setPicturePath( path ); + + if ( glossary->loadLayout( doc, url ) ) + { + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> itemList; + itemList = glossary->readItems( doc ); + glossary->setItemlist( itemList ); + glossary->fixImagePath(); + } + + return glossary; +} + +void Glossary::fixImagePath() +{ + kdDebug() << "Glossary::fixImagePath()" << endl; + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::iterator it = m_itemlist.begin(); + const TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::iterator itEnd = m_itemlist.end(); + TQString path = m_picturepath; + TQString firstpart = "<img src=\""; + firstpart += path; + + for ( ; it != itEnd ; ++it ) + { + ( *it )->setDesc( ( *it )->desc().replace("[img]", firstpart ) ); + ( *it )->setDesc( ( *it )->desc().replace("[/img]", "\" />" ) ); + } +} + +TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> Glossary::readItems( TQDomDocument &itemDocument ) +{ + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> list; + + TQDomNodeList itemList; + TQDomNodeList refNodeList; + TQDomElement itemElement; + TQStringList reflist; + + itemList = itemDocument.elementsByTagName( "item" ); + + const uint num = itemList.count(); + for ( uint i = 0; i < num; ++i ) + { + reflist.clear(); + GlossaryItem *item = new GlossaryItem(); + + itemElement = ( const TQDomElement& ) itemList.item( i ).toElement(); + + TQDomNode nameNode = itemElement.namedItem( "name" ); + TQDomNode descNode = itemElement.namedItem( "desc" ); + + TQString picName = itemElement.namedItem( "picture" ).toElement().text(); + TQDomElement refNode = ( const TQDomElement& ) itemElement.namedItem( "references" ).toElement(); + + TQString desc = i18n( descNode.toElement().text().utf8() ); + if ( !picName.isEmpty() ) + desc.prepend("[img]"+picName +"[/img]" ); + + item->setName( i18n( nameNode.toElement( ).text().utf8() ) ); + + item->setDesc( desc.replace("[b]", "<b>" ) ); + item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[/b]", "</b>" ) ); + item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[i]", "<i>" ) ); + item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[/i]", "</i>" ) ); + item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[sub]", "<sub>" ) ); + item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[/sub]", "</sub>" ) ); + item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[sup]", "<sup>" ) ); + item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[/sup]", "</sup>" ) ); + item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[br]", "<br />" ) ); + + refNodeList = refNode.elementsByTagName( "refitem" ); + for ( uint it = 0; it < refNodeList.count(); it++ ) + { + reflist << i18n( refNodeList.item( it ).toElement().text().utf8() ); + } + reflist.sort(); + item->setRef( reflist ); + + list.append( item ); + } + + return list; +} + + + +GlossaryDialog::GlossaryDialog( bool folded, TQWidget *parent, const char *name) + : KDialogBase( Plain, i18n( "Glossary" ), Close, NoDefault, parent, name, false ) +{ + //this string will be used for all items. If a backgroundpicture should + //be used call Glossary::setBackgroundPicture(). + m_htmlbasestring = "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd\"><html><body>" ; + + m_folded = folded; + + TQVBoxLayout *vbox = new TQVBoxLayout( plainPage(), 0, KDialog::spacingHint() ); + vbox->activate(); + + TQHBoxLayout *hbox = new TQHBoxLayout( 0L, 0, KDialog::spacingHint() ); + hbox->activate(); + + TQToolButton *clear = new TQToolButton( plainPage() ); + clear->setIconSet( SmallIconSet( "locationbar_erase" ) ); + hbox->addWidget( clear ); + + TQLabel *lbl = new TQLabel( plainPage() ); + lbl->setText( i18n( "Search:" ) ); + hbox->addWidget( lbl ); + + m_search = new KListViewSearchLine( plainPage(), 0, "search-line" ); + hbox->addWidget( m_search ); + vbox->addLayout( hbox ); + setFocusProxy(m_search); + + TQSplitter *vs = new TQSplitter( plainPage() ); + vbox->addWidget( vs ); + + m_glosstree = new KListView( vs, "treeview" ); + m_glosstree->addColumn( "entries" ); + m_glosstree->header()->hide(); + m_glosstree->setFullWidth( true ); + m_glosstree->setRootIsDecorated( true ); + + m_search->setListView( m_glosstree ); + + m_htmlpart = new KHTMLPart( vs, "html-part" ); + + connect( m_htmlpart->browserExtension(), TQT_SIGNAL( openURLRequestDelayed( const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs & ) ), this, TQT_SLOT( displayItem( const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs & ) ) ); + connect( m_glosstree, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked( TQListViewItem * )), this, TQT_SLOT(slotClicked( TQListViewItem * ))); + connect( clear, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), m_search, TQT_SLOT(clear())); + + resize( 600, 400 ); +} + +GlossaryDialog::~GlossaryDialog() +{ +} + +void GlossaryDialog::keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* e) +{ + if (e->key() == TQt::Key_Return) { + e->ignore(); + } + KDialogBase::keyPressEvent(e); +} + +void GlossaryDialog::displayItem( const KURL& url, const KParts::URLArgs& ) +{ + // using the "host" part of a kurl as reference + TQString myurl = url.host().lower(); + m_search->setText( "" ); + m_search->updateSearch( "" ); + TQListViewItem *found = 0; + TQListViewItemIterator it( m_glosstree ); + TQListViewItem *item; + while ( it.current() ) + { + item = it.current(); + if ( item->text(0).lower() == myurl ) + { + found = item; + break; + } + ++it; + } + if ( found ) + { + m_glosstree->ensureItemVisible( found ); + m_glosstree->setCurrentItem( found ); + slotClicked( found ); + } +} + +void GlossaryDialog::updateTree() +{ + m_glosstree->clear(); + + TQValueList<Glossary*>::const_iterator itGl = m_glossaries.begin(); + const TQValueList<Glossary*>::const_iterator itGlEnd = m_glossaries.end(); + + for ( ; itGl != itGlEnd ; ++itGl ) + { + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> items = ( *itGl )->itemlist(); + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::iterator it = items.begin(); + const TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::iterator itEnd = items.end(); + + TQListViewItem *main = new TQListViewItem( m_glosstree, ( *itGl )->name() ); + main->setExpandable( true ); + main->setSelectable( false ); + //XXX TMP!!! + bool foldinsubtrees = m_folded; + + for ( ; it != itEnd ; ++it ) + { + if ( foldinsubtrees ) + { + TQChar thisletter = ( *it )->name().upper()[0]; + TQListViewItem *thisletteritem = findTreeWithLetter( thisletter, main ); + if ( !thisletteritem ) + { + thisletteritem = new TQListViewItem( main, thisletter ); + thisletteritem->setExpandable( true ); + thisletteritem->setSelectable( false ); + } + new TQListViewItem( thisletteritem, ( *it )->name() ); + } + else + new TQListViewItem( main, ( *it )->name() ); + } + main->sort(); + } +} + +void GlossaryDialog::addGlossary( Glossary* newgloss ) +{ + if ( !newgloss ) return; + if ( newgloss->isEmpty() ) return; + m_glossaries.append( newgloss ); + + kdDebug() << "Count of the new glossary: " << newgloss->itemlist().count() << endl; + kdDebug() << "Number of glossaries: " << m_glossaries.count() << endl; + + updateTree(); +} + +TQListViewItem* GlossaryDialog::findTreeWithLetter( const TQChar& l, TQListViewItem* i ) +{ + TQListViewItem *it = i->firstChild(); + while ( it ) + { + if ( it->text(0)[0] == l ) + return it; + it = it->nextSibling(); + } + return 0; +} + +void GlossaryDialog::slotClicked( TQListViewItem *item ) +{ + if ( !item ) + return; + + /** + * The next lines are searching for the correct KnowledgeItem + * in the m_itemList. When it is found the HTML will be + * generated + */ + TQValueList<Glossary*>::iterator itGl = m_glossaries.begin(); + const TQValueList<Glossary*>::iterator itGlEnd = m_glossaries.end(); + bool found = false; + GlossaryItem *i = 0; + + TQString bg_picture; + + while ( !found && itGl != itGlEnd ) + { + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> items = ( *itGl )->itemlist(); + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::const_iterator it = items.begin(); + const TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::const_iterator itEnd = items.end(); + while ( !found && it != itEnd ) + { + if ( ( *it )->name() == item->text( 0 ) ) + { + i = *it; + bg_picture = ( *itGl )->backgroundPicture(); + found = true; + } + ++it; + } + ++itGl; + } + if ( found && i ) + { + TQString html; + if ( !bg_picture.isEmpty() ) + { + html = "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd\"><html><body background=\"" ; + html.append( bg_picture ); + html.append("\">"); + }else + html = m_htmlbasestring; + + html += i->toHtml() + "</body></html>"; + m_htmlpart->begin(); + m_htmlpart->write( html ); + + m_htmlpart->end(); + return; + } +} + +void GlossaryDialog::slotClose() +{ + emit closed(); + accept(); +} + +TQString GlossaryItem::toHtml() const +{ + TQString code = "<h1>" + m_name + "</h1>" + m_desc; + + if ( !m_ref.isEmpty() ) + { + TQString refcode = parseReferences(); + code += refcode; + } + return code; +} + +TQString GlossaryItem::parseReferences() const +{ + TQString htmlcode = "<h3>" + i18n( "References" ) + "</h3>"; + + bool first = true; + for ( uint i = 0; i < m_ref.size(); i++ ) + { + if ( !first ) + htmlcode += "<br>"; + else + first = false; + htmlcode += TQString( "<a href=\"item://%1\">%2</a>" ).tqarg( m_ref[i], m_ref[i] ); + } + + return htmlcode; +} + + +#include "tdeeduglossary.moc" diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5d29ba0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.h @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +#ifndef KDEEDUGLOSSARY_H +#define KDEEDUGLOSSARY_H +/*************************************************************************** + + copyright : (C) 2005 by Carsten Niehaus + email : cniehaus@kde.org + ***************************************************************************/ + +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + + +#include <khtml_part.h> +#include <kdialogbase.h> + +class TQChar; +class TQDomDocument; +class TQListViewItem; +class KListView; +class KListViewSearchLine; +class KActionCollection; +class GlossaryItem; + +/** + * @class Glossary + * @author Carsten Niehaus + * + * This class stores all items to be displayed. It also + * has access-methods to the items + */ +class Glossary +{ + public: + Glossary(); + virtual ~Glossary(); + + /** + * add the item @p item to the glossary + */ + void addItem( GlossaryItem* item ){ + m_itemlist.append( item ); + } + + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> itemlist()const{ + return m_itemlist; + } + + /** + * clear the Glossary + */ + void clear(){ + m_itemlist.clear(); + } + + /** + * does this glossary have items? + */ + bool isEmpty() const; + + /** + * Every glossary can have a name. It will be + * set to @p name + */ + void setName( const TQString& name ){ + m_name = name; + } + + /** + * @returns the name of the glossary + */ + TQString name()const{ + return m_name; + } + + /** + * sets the internal list of items to @p list + */ + void setItemlist( TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> list ){ + m_itemlist = list; + } + + /** + * Read a glossary from an XML file. + * + * @param url The path of the file to load + * @param path The path of the pictures. Will be used as m_picturepath + * + * @return a pointer to the loaded glossary. Even in case of + * error, this won't return 0 but an empty Glossary. + */ + static Glossary* readFromXML( const KURL& url, const TQString& path = 0 ); + + /** + * Every glossaryitem can show pictures. [img src="foo.png] + * will look for the file foo.png in the path defined be + * @p path + */ + void setPicturePath( const TQString& path ){ + m_picturepath = path; + } + + TQString picturePath()const{ + return m_picturepath; + } + + /** + * defines which picture to use as the background + * of the htmlview. The dialog + * will use the file specifiec by the @p filename + */ + void setBackgroundPicture( const TQString& filename ){ + m_backgroundpicture = filename; + } + + /** + * @return the picuture used as the background in + * this background + */ + TQString backgroundPicture()const{ + return m_backgroundpicture; + } + + private: + /** + * This methods parses the given xml-code. It will extract + * the information of the items and return them as a + * TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> + */ + virtual TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> readItems( TQDomDocument &itemDocument ); + + TQString m_backgroundpicture; + + /** + * replaces the [img]-pseudocode with valid html. The path where + * the pictures are stored will be used for pictures + */ + void fixImagePath(); + + /** + * the path in which pictures of the glossary will be searched + */ + TQString m_picturepath; + + /** + * Load the tqlayout from an XML file. + * + * @param doc The TQDomDocument which will contain the read XML + * contents. + * @param url The path of the file to load + * + * @return a bool indicating whether the loading of the XML was + * successfull or not + */ + bool loadLayout( TQDomDocument& doc, const KURL& url ); + + TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> m_itemlist; + + /** + * the name of the glossary + */ + TQString m_name; +}; + +/** + * @class GlossaryItem + * @author Carsten Niehaus + * + * A GlossaryItem stores the information of the content of + * the item and its name. Furthermore, every item can have + * a number of pictures or references associated to it. + * These are stored as TQStringLists. + */ +class GlossaryItem +{ + public: + GlossaryItem(){} + ~GlossaryItem(){} + + void setName( const TQString& s ){ + m_name = s; + } + + void setDesc( const TQString& s){ + m_desc = s; + } + + void setRef( const TQStringList& s){ + m_ref = s; + } + + void setPictures( const TQString& s ){ + m_pic = s; + } + + TQString name() const { + return m_name; + } + + TQString desc() const { + return m_desc; + } + + TQStringList ref() const { + return m_ref; + } + + TQStringList pictures() const { + return m_pic; + } + + /** + * @return the formated HTML code for current item. + **/ + TQString toHtml() const; + + /** + * This method parses the references. + * @return the HTML code with the references as HTML links + */ + TQString parseReferences() const; + + private: + TQString m_name; + TQString m_desc; + TQStringList m_ref; + TQStringList m_pic; +}; + +/** + * @class GlossaryDialog + * @author Pino Toscano + * @author Carsten Niehaus + */ +class GlossaryDialog : public KDialogBase +{ + Q_OBJECT + TQ_OBJECT + + public: + GlossaryDialog( bool folded = true, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0); + ~GlossaryDialog(); + + void keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent*); + + /** + * add a new glossary + * + * @param newgloss the new glossary to add + */ + void addGlossary( Glossary* newgloss ); + + private: + TQValueList<Glossary*> m_glossaries; + + /** + * if true the items will be displayed folded + */ + bool m_folded; + + void updateTree(); + + KHTMLPart *m_htmlpart; + KListView *m_glosstree; + TQString m_htmlbasestring; + + KActionCollection* m_actionCollection; + + TQListViewItem* findTreeWithLetter( const TQChar&, TQListViewItem* ); + + KListViewSearchLine *m_search; + + private slots: + void slotClicked( TQListViewItem * ); + /** + * The user clicked on a href. Emit the corresponding item + */ + void displayItem( const KURL& url, const KParts::URLArgs& args ); + + protected slots: + virtual void slotClose(); + + signals: + void closed(); +}; + +#endif // KDEEDUGLOSSARY_H + diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduui.kdevprj b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduui.kdevprj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1fa59784 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduui.kdevprj @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +[./Makefile.am] +files=./tdeeduui.kdevprj, +sub_dirs= +type=normal + +[./tdeeduui.kdevprj] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=DATA + +[Config for BinMakefileAm] +addcxxflags= +bin_program=tdeeduui +cflags= +cppflags= +cxxflags=\s-O0 +ldadd= +ldflags=\s \s +libtool_dir= +path_to_bin_program=. + +[General] +author=earnold +configure_args=\s--build=i386-linux --host=i386-linux --target=i386-linux\s +dir_where_make_will_be_called=\s +email=earnold@venus +kdevprj_version=1.3 +lfv_open_groups=Others +make_options=\s-j1 all\s +makefiles=./Makefile.am,Makefile.am,tests/Makefile.am +modifyMakefiles=false +project_name=tdeeduui +project_type=normal_empty +short_info= +sub_dir= +version=1.0 +version_control=CVS +workspace=1 + +[LFV Groups] +GNU=AUTHORS,COPYING,ChangeLog,INSTALL,README,TODO,NEWS, +Headers=*.h,*.hxx,*.hpp,*.H, +Others=*, +Sources=*.cpp,*.c,*.cc,*.C,*.cxx,*.ec,*.ecpp,*.lxx,*.l++,*.ll,*.l, +Translations=*.ts,*.po, +User Interface=*.ui,*.kdevdlg,*.rc, +groups=Headers,Sources,GNU,Translations,User Interface,Others + +[Makefile.am] +dist=true +files=Makefile.am,kedusimpleentrydlg.h,kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui,kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp +install=false +install_location= +sharedlib_LDFLAGS=-version-info 0:0:0 +sharedlib_rootname=. +sub_dirs=tests +type=static_library + +[kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=SOURCE + +[kedusimpleentrydlg.h] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=HEADER + +[kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=SOURCE + +[tests/Makefile.am] +dist=true +files=tests/entrydialogs.cpp,tests/Makefile.am +install=false +install_location= +sharedlib_LDFLAGS=-version-info 0:0:0 +sharedlib_rootname=tests +sub_dirs= +type=DATA + +[tests/entrydialogs.cpp] +dist=true +install=false +install_location= +type=SOURCE diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fcb251b --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +SUBDIRS = . +INCLUDES = -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/tdeeduui $(all_includes) + +check_PROGRAMS = entrydialogs + +#all: check + +entrydialogs_SOURCES = entrydialogs.cpp +entrydialogs_LDADD = ../libtdeeduui.la +entrydialogs_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) + diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/entrydialogs.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/entrydialogs.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..781b32e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/entrydialogs.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + +int main() +{ + + return 0; +}
\ No newline at end of file |